Annual Statements Open main menu

JELD-WEN Holding, Inc. - Annual Report: 2021 (Form 10-K)


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
__________________________________
FORM 10-K
__________________________________

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _____ to _____
Commission File Number: 001-38000
__________________________________
JELD-WEN Holding, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
__________________________________
Delaware 93-1273278
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
2645 Silver Crescent Drive
Charlotte, North Carolina 28273
(Address of principal executive offices, zip code)
(704) 378-5700
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
__________________________________
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock (par value $0.01 per share)JELDNew York Stock Exchange
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer 
    
Non-accelerated filer  Smaller reporting company 
Emerging growth company 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by checkmark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $2.2 billion as of the end of the registrant's second fiscal quarter (based on the closing sale price for the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 25, 2021). Shares of the registrant's voting stock held by each executive officer and director and by each entity or person that, to the registrant's knowledge, owned 10% or more of the registrant's outstanding common stock as of June 26, 2021 have been excluded from this number in that these persons may be deemed affiliates of the registrant.
The registrant had 89,928,946 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding as of February 17, 2022.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2021.
1




JELD-WEN HOLDING, Inc.
– Table of Contents –
Page No.
Part I.
Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Part II.
Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6. [Reserved]
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Part III.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Part IV.
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Signatures
Consolidated Financial Statements
F - 4

2


Back to top
Glossary of Terms

When the following terms and abbreviations appear in the text of this report, they have the meanings indicated below:
10-KAnnual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
A&LA&L Windows Pty. Ltd.
ABL FacilityOur $500 million asset-based loan revolving credit facility, dated as of October 15, 2014 and as amended from time to time, with JWI (as hereinafter defined) and JELD-WEN of Canada, Ltd., as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, a syndicate of lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent
ABSJWI d/b/a American Building Supply, Inc.
Adjusted EBITDAA supplemental non-GAAP financial measure of operating performance not based on any standardized methodology prescribed by GAAP that we define as net income (loss), adjusted for the following items: loss from discontinued operations, net of tax; equity earnings of non-consolidated entities; income tax (benefit) expense; depreciation and amortization; interest expense, net; impairment and restructuring charges; gain on previously held shares of equity investment; (gain) loss on sale of property and equipment; share-based compensation expense; non-cash foreign exchange transaction/translation (income) loss; other non-cash items; other items; and costs related to debt restructuring and debt refinancing
ASCAccounting Standards Codification
ASUAccounting Standards Update
AUDAustralian Dollar
Australia Senior Secured Credit FacilityOur senior secured credit facility, dated as of October 6, 2015 and as amended from time to time, with certain of our Australian subsidiaries, as borrowers, and Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, as lender
BBSYBank Bill Swap Bid Rate
BreezwayBreezway Australia Pty. Ltd.
BylawsSecond Amended and Restated Bylaws of JELD-WEN Holding, Inc.
CAPCleanup Action Plan
CEOChief Executive Officer
CFOChief Financial Officer
CARES ActCoronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act enacted on March 27, 2020
CharterAmended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JELD-WEN Holding, Inc.
Class B-1 Common StockShares of our Class B-1 common stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which were converted into shares of our Common Stock on February 1, 2017
CMIJWI d/b/a CraftMaster Manufacturing, Inc.
COAConsent Order and Agreement
CODMChief Operating Decision Maker, which is our Chief Executive Officer
Common StockThe 900,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, authorized under our Charter
Corporate Credit FacilitiesCollectively, our ABL Facility and our Term Loan Facility
COVID-19A novel strain of the 2019-nCov coronavirus
Credit FacilitiesCollectively, our Corporate Credit Facilities and our Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility as well as other acquired term loans and revolving credit facilities
D&KD&K Home Security Pty. Ltd.
D&ODirectors and Officers
DKKDanish Krone
DomofermThe Domoferm Group of companies
DooriaDooria AS
EPAThe U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
ERPEnterprise Resource Planning
E.U.European Union
Exchange ActSecurities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
3


Back to top
FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board
GAAPGenerally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States
GHGsGreenhouse Gases
GILTIGlobal Intangible Low-Taxed Income
HTEHigh Tax Exclusion
IPOThe initial public offering of shares of our common stock, as further described in this report on Form 10-K
JELD-WEN
JELD-WEN Holding, Inc., together with its consolidated subsidiaries where the context requires
JEMJELD-WEN Excellence Model
JWAJELD-WEN of Australia Pty. Ltd.
JWIJELD-WEN, Inc., a Delaware corporation
KolderKolder Group
LaCantinaJWI d/b/a LaCantina Doors, Inc.
LIBORLondon Interbank Offered Rate
M&AMergers and acquisitions
MattioviMattiovi Oy
MMI DoorJWI d/b/a Milliken Millwork, Inc.
MD&AManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
NAVNet asset value
NOLNet operating loss
NYSENew York Stock Exchange
OnexOnex Partners III LP and certain affiliates
PaDEPPennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection
PLPPotential liability party
Preferred Stock90,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, authorized under our Charter
PSUPerformance Stock Unit
R&RRepair and Remodel
ROU assetRight-of-use asset
Registration Rights AgreementThe agreement among JELD-WEN Holdings, Inc., Onex and its affiliates, and certain of our directors, executive officers and other pre-IPO stockholders entered into on October 3, 2011, as amended and restated on January 24, 2017 in connection with our IPO, and amended further on May 12, 2017 and November 12, 2017
RSURestricted Stock Unit
Sarbanes-OxleySarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended
SECSecurities and Exchange Commission
Securities ActSecurities Act of 1933, as amended
Senior Notes$800.0 million of unsecured notes issued in December 2017 in a private placement in two tranches: $400.0 million bearing interest at 4.625% and maturing in December 2025 and $400.0 million bearing interest at 4.875% and maturing in December 2027
Senior Secured Notes$250.0 million of senior secured notes issued in May 2020 in a private placement bearing interest at 6.25% and maturing in May 2025
SG&ASelling, general, and administrative expenses
Tax ActTax Cuts and Jobs Act
Term Loan FacilityOur term loan facility, dated as of October 15, 2014, and as amended from time to time with JWI, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, a syndicate of lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent
Common Stock900,000,000 shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share
TrendTrend Windows & Doors Pty. Ltd.
U.K.United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
U.S.United States of America
4


Back to top
VPIJWI d/b/a VPI Quality Windows, Inc.
WADOEWashington State Department of Ecology
5


Back to top
CERTAIN TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES, AND SERVICE MARKS
    This report includes trademarks, trade names, and service marks owned by us. Our U.S. window and door trademarks include JELD-WEN®, AuraLast®, MiraTEC®, Extira®, LaCANTINA®, MMI Door®, KaronaTM, ImpactGard®, JW®, Aurora®, IWP®, True BLU®, ABSTM, Siteline®, National Door®, Low-Friction Glider®, Hydrolock®, and VPITM. Our trademarks are either registered or have been used as common law trademarks by us. The trademarks we use outside the U.S. include the Stegbar®, Regency®, William Russell Doors®, Airlite®, Trend®, The Perfect FitTM, Aneeta®, Breezway®, KolderTM , Corinthian® and A&L Windows® marks in Australia, and Swedoor®, Dooria®, DANA®, MattioviTM, Zargag® , Alupan®, and Domoferm® marks in Europe. ENERGY STAR® is a registered trademark of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. This report contains additional trademarks, trade names, and service marks of others, which are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names, and service marks referred to in this report appear without the ®, ™ or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names, and service marks. We do not intend our use of other parties’ trademarks, trade names, or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.
6


Back to top
PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    In addition to historical information, this Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, which are subject to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this Form 10-K are forward-looking statements. You can generally identify forward-looking statements by our use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “seek,” or “should,” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. In particular, statements about the markets in which we operate, including growth of our various markets, and our expectations, beliefs, plans, strategies, objectives, prospects, assumptions, or future events or performance under Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 1- Business are forward-looking statements. In addition, statements regarding the potential outcome and impact of pending litigation are forward-looking statements.
    We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates, and projections. While we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates, and projections are reasonable, such forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These and other important factors may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include:
negative trends in overall business, financial market and economic conditions, and/or activity levels in our end markets;
our highly competitive business environment;
failure to timely identify or effectively respond to consumer needs, expectations, or trends;
failure to maintain the performance, reliability, quality, and service standards required by our customers;
failure to successfully implement our strategic initiatives, including JEM;
acquisitions or investments in other businesses that may not be successful;
adverse outcome of pending or future litigation;
declines in our relationships with and/or consolidation of our key customers;
increases in interest rates and reduced availability of financing for the purchase of new homes and home construction and improvements;
fluctuations in the prices of raw materials used to manufacture our products;
delays or interruptions in the delivery of raw materials or finished goods;
seasonal business with varying revenue and profit;
changes in weather patterns;
political, regulatory, economic, and other risks, including pandemics, such as COVID-19, that arise from operating a multinational business;
exchange rate fluctuations;
disruptions in our operations;
manufacturing realignments and cost savings programs resulting in a decrease in short-term earnings;
our ERP system that we are currently implementing proving ineffective;
security breaches and other cybersecurity incidents;
increases in labor costs, potential labor disputes, and work stoppages at our facilities;  
changes in building codes that could increase the cost of our products or lower the demand for our windows and doors;
compliance costs and liabilities under environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations;
compliance costs with respect to legislative and regulatory proposals to restrict emission of GHGs;
7


Back to top
lack of transparency, threat of fraud, public sector corruption, and other forms of criminal activity involving government officials;
product liability claims, product recalls, or warranty claims;
inability to protect our intellectual property;
pension plan obligations;
our current level of indebtedness; and
other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under Item 1A- Risk Factors.
    Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K are not guarantees of future performance and our actual results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained herein. In addition, even if our results are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K, they may not be predictive of results or developments in future periods.
    Any forward-looking statement in this Form 10-K speaks only as of the date of this Form 10-K. We do not undertake any obligation to update or revise, or to publicly announce any update or revision to, any of the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.



8


Back to top
Item 1 - Business.
Our Company
    We are a leading global manufacturer of high performance interior and exterior building products, offering one of the broadest selections of windows, interior and exterior doors, and wall systems. We design, produce, and distribute an extensive range of interior and exterior doors, windows, and other building products for use in the new construction and R&R of residential single and multi-family homes and, to a lesser extent, non-residential buildings.
    The JELD-WEN family of brands includes JELD-WEN worldwide; LaCantina and VPI in North America; Swedoor and DANA in Europe; and Corinthian, Stegbar and Breezway in Australasia. Our customers include wholesale distributors and retailers as well as individual contractors and consumers. Our business is highly diversified by distribution channel, geography, and construction application as illustrated below:
2021 Net Revenues $4,772 million
ChannelGeography
Construction Application(1)

jeld-20211231_g1.jpgjeld-20211231_g2.jpgjeld-20211231_g3.jpg
(1)Percentage of net revenues by construction application is management’s estimate based on the end markets into which our customers sell.
    As a leading global manufacturer of interior and exterior building products, we have invested significant capital to build a business platform that we believe is unique among our competitors. We operate 137 manufacturing and distribution facilities in 19 countries, located primarily in North America, Europe, and Australia. Our global manufacturing footprint is strategically sized and located to meet the delivery requirements of our customers. For many product lines, our manufacturing processes are vertically integrated, enhancing our range of capabilities, our ability to innovate, and our quality control, as well as providing us with supply chain, transportation, and working capital savings. We believe that our manufacturing network allows us to deliver our broad portfolio of products to a wide range of customers across the globe, while improving our customer service and strengthening our market positions.
Our History
    We were founded in 1960 by Richard L. Wendt, when he, together with four business partners, bought a millwork plant in Oregon. The subsequent decades were a time of successful expansion and growth as we added different businesses and product categories such as interior doors, exterior steel doors, and vinyl windows. Our first overseas acquisition was Norma Doors in Spain in 1992 and since then we have acquired or established numerous businesses in Europe, Australia, Asia, Canada, and Mexico, making us a truly global company.
    In October 2011, certain funds managed by affiliates of Onex acquired a majority of the combined voting power in the Company through the acquisition of convertible debt and convertible preferred equity. After the Onex investment, we began the transformation of our business from a family-run operation to a global organization with independent, professional management. The transformation accelerated after 2013 with the hiring of a new senior management team strategically recruited from a number of world-class industrial companies. Our current management team has extensive experience driving operational improvement, innovation, and growth, both organically and through acquisitions. As of December 31, 2020, Onex owned approximately 32.6% of our outstanding shares of Common Stock. In 2021, Onex exercised its rights under its Registration Rights Agreement and requested
9


Back to top
the registration for resale of all of their shares of our Common Stock in multiple underwritten public offerings (“Secondary Offerings”), and they fully divested their ownership in the Company in August 2021. As of December 31, 2021, Onex is no longer a shareholder of the Company and has no representation on our Board of Directors.
Our Business Strategy and Operating Model
We strive to achieve best-in-industry financial performance and shareholder returns through the disciplined execution of our strategic growth drivers which include:
initiatives to drive profitable organic revenue growth, including new product development and innovation, investments in our brands and marketing, commercial excellence programs such as customer segmentation, and pricing optimization;
an operational excellence model designed to improve our profit margins, including lean tools to drive manufacturing productivity savings and cycle time improvements, as well as fixed-cost savings and quality enhancements from our global facility rationalization and modernization initiative;
high conversion of earnings to free cash flow and disciplined capital allocation designed to maximize shareholder returns in a balanced manner between debt reduction, strategic acquisitions, and share repurchases; and
growing a premier performing culture with high employee engagement, supported by our values and a relentless focus on talent management.
The execution of our strategy is supported and enabled by a persistent focus on the deployment of the JELD-WEN Excellence Model, or JEM, which is our global business operating system. JEM creates a culture of continuous improvement through standard work, problem solving tools, and lean thinking. We believe that JEM is the foundation to drive business transformation across all aspects of the entire global enterprise. Over the long term, we believe the implementation of these strategic drivers is largely within our control and less dependent on external factors.
Our Products
    We provide a broad portfolio of interior and exterior doors, windows, and related building products manufactured from a variety of wood, metal, and composite materials offered across a full spectrum of price points. In the year ended December 31, 2021, our door sales accounted for 64% of net revenues, our window sales accounted for 21% of net revenues, and our other ancillary products and services accounted for 15% of net revenues.
Doors
    We are a leading global manufacturer of residential doors. We offer a full line of residential interior and exterior door products, including patio doors and folding or sliding wall systems. Our non-residential door product offering is concentrated in Europe, where we are a leading non-residential door provider by net revenues in Germany, Austria, Switzerland, and Scandinavia. In order to meet the design, durability, and energy efficiency requirements of our customers, our product portfolio encompasses many types of materials, including wood veneer, composite wood, steel, glass, and fiberglass that satisfy a range of price points from mid-level to high-end. Our highest volume products include molded interior doors, which are made from two composite molded door skins joined by a wooden frame and filled with a hollow honey-cell core or other solid core materials. These low-cost doors are the most popular choice for interior residential applications in North America and are also prevalent in France and the U.K. In the U.S., we manufacture exterior doors primarily made from fiberglass and steel. Fiberglass has grown in popularity due to its attractive thermal properties, aesthetics, and durability. We have dedicated additional resources to our exterior fiberglass door business, which includes door slabs and door systems, and believe we have a leading product offering based on quality, breadth of design options, and range of price points. In Europe, we also sell highly engineered non-residential doors, with features such as soundproofing, fire resistance, radiation resistance, and added security. We also manufacture stile and rail doors in our Southeast Asia and U.S. manufacturing facilities. In the U.S., we also manufacture folding and sliding wall systems. Additionally, we offer profitable value-added distribution services in all of our markets, including customizable configuration services, specialized component options, and multiple finishing options. These services are valued by labor constrained customers and allow us to capture more profit from the sale of our door products. In the U.S., our acquisitions of ABS and MMI Door are examples of our increased focus on value-added services.
Windows
    We are a leading global manufacturer of residential windows. We manufacture wood, vinyl, aluminum, and wood composite windows in North America, wood and aluminum windows in Australia, and wood windows in the U.K. Our window product lines comprise a full range of styles, features, and energy-saving options in order to meet the varied needs of our customers in each of our regional end markets. For example, our high-performance wood and vinyl windows with multi-pane glazing and superior energy efficiency properties are in greater demand in Canada and the northern U.S. By contrast, our lower-cost aluminum framed windows
10


Back to top
are popular in some regions of the southern U.S., while in coastal Florida certain local building codes require windows that can withstand the impact of debris propelled by hurricane-force winds. Wood windows are prevalent as a high-end option in all of our markets because they possess both insulating qualities and the beauty of natural wood. In North America, our wood windows and patio doors include our proprietary AuraLast treatment, which is a unique water-based wood protection process that provides protection against wood rot and decay. We believe AuraLast is unique in its ability to penetrate and protect the wood through to the core, as opposed to being a shallow or surface-only treatment. Our most recent windows product introductions showcase our differentiated capability utilizing alternative materials including our Auraline wood composite window and patio doors. Additionally, with the acquisition of VPI, we added vinyl windows for mid-rise, multi-family, institutional, hospitality, and commercial properties to our product lineup. We believe that our innovative energy-efficient windows position us to benefit from increasing environmental awareness among consumers and from changes in local building codes. In recognition of our expansive energy-efficient product line, we have been an ENERGY STAR partner since 1998.
Other Ancillary Products and Services
    In certain regions, we sell a variety of other products that are ancillary to our door and window offerings, which we do not classify as door or window sales. These products include shower enclosures and wardrobes, moldings, trim board, lumber, cutstock, glass, staircases, hardware and locks, cabinets, and screens. We also sell molded door skins to certain customers pursuant to long-term contracts, and these customers in turn use the molded door skins to manufacture interior doors and compete directly against us in the marketplace. Miscellaneous installation and other services are also included in this category.
Our Segments
    We operate within the global market for residential and non-residential doors and windows with sales spanning approximately 100 countries. While we operate globally, the markets for doors and windows are regionally distinct with suppliers manufacturing finished goods in proximity to their customers. Finished doors and windows are generally bulky, expensive to ship, and, in the case of windows, fragile. Designs and specifications of doors and windows also vary from country to country due to differing construction methods, building codes, certification requirements, and consumer preferences. Customers also demand short delivery times and can require special order customizations. We believe that we are well-positioned to meet the global demands of our customers due to our market leadership, strong brands, broad product line, and strategically located manufacturing and distribution facilities.
    Our operations are managed and reported in three reportable segments, organized and managed principally by geographic region. Our reportable segments are North America, Europe, and Australasia. We report all other business activities in Corporate and unallocated costs. Factors considered in determining the three reportable segments include the nature of business activities, the management structure accountable directly to the CODM for operating and administrative activities, the discrete financial information available, and the information regularly reviewed by the CODM.
North America
    In our North America segment, we compete primarily in the market for residential doors and windows in the U.S. and Canada. We are the only manufacturer that offers a full line of interior and exterior door and window products, allowing us to offer a more complete solution to our customer base. We believe that our leading position in the North American market will enable us to benefit from continued growth in residential construction activity over the next several years. We expect new construction and R&R activity to continue to grow in 2022 and believe that our total market opportunity in North America will continue to include non-residential applications, other related building products, and value-added services.
Europe
    The European market for doors is highly fragmented and we have the only platform in the industry capable of serving nearly all European countries. In our Europe segment, we compete primarily in the market for residential and non-residential doors in Germany, the U.K., France, Austria, Switzerland, and Scandinavia. We believe that our total market opportunity in Europe also includes other European countries, other door product lines, related building products, and value-added services. We expect new construction and R&R activity to remain stable over the next several years and believe our total market opportunity in Europe includes the introduction of new product offerings.
11


Back to top
Australasia
    In our Australasia segment, we compete primarily in the market for residential doors and windows in Australia, where we hold a leading position by net revenues. We believe that our total market opportunity in the Australasia region includes other countries in the region, as well as non-residential applications, other related building products, and value-added services. For example, we also sell a full line of shower enclosures and closet systems throughout Australia. The market for residential new construction in Australia contracted in prior years, primarily due to government-imposed rules that restricted credit availability for homebuyers, increased immigration restrictions limiting population growth due to COVID-19, and continued downward economic results further extended due to the pandemic. During 2021, Australasia experienced significant housing starts, which we expect will drive strong demands for our products through the first half of 2022.
    Financial information regarding our segments is included in Note 14 - Segment Information to our financial statements included in this Form 10-K.
Materials
    Historically our sourcing function operated primarily in a regional, decentralized model. Over the past several years we have turned global sourcing into a competitive advantage by building a centralized global sourcing team focused on minimizing material costs through strategic global sourcing and value-added re-engineering of components. We believe leveraging our significant spending and the global nature of our purchases will allow us to achieve these goals.
    We generally maintain a diversified supply base for the materials used in our manufacturing operations. The primary materials used for our door business include wood, wood veneers, wood composites, steel, glass, internally produced door skins, fiberglass compound, and hardware, as well as petroleum-based products such as resin and binders. The primary materials for our window business include wood, wood components, glass, and hardware, as well as aluminum and vinyl extrusions. Wood components for our window operations are sourced primarily from our own manufacturing plants, which allow us to improve margins and take advantage of our proprietary technologies such as our AuraLast wood treatment process.
    We track commodities in order to understand our vendors’ costs, realizing that our costs are determined by the broader competitive market as well as by increases in the inputs to our vendors. In order to manage the risk in material costs, we develop strategic relationships with suppliers, routinely evaluate substitute components, develop new products, vertically integrate, where applicable, and seek alternative sources of supply from multiple vendors and often from multiple geographies.
Seasonality
    In a typical year, our operating results are impacted by seasonality. Historically, peak season for home construction and remodeling in our North America and Europe segments, which represent the substantial majority of our revenues, generally corresponds with the second and third calendar quarters, and therefore our sales volume is usually higher during those quarters. Seasonal variations in operating results may be impacted by inclement weather conditions, such as cold or wet weather, which can delay construction projects.
Sales and Marketing
    We actively market and sell our products directly to our customers around the world through our global sales force and indirectly through our marketing and branding initiatives, which includes our enhanced social media presence. Our global sales force, which is organized and managed regionally, focuses on building and maintaining relationships with key customers as well as managing customer supply needs and arranging in-store promotional initiatives. In North America, we also have a dedicated team that focuses on our large home center customers. We have recently made significant investments in tools and technologies to enhance the effectiveness of our sales force and improve ease of doing business. For example, we are deploying Salesforce.com on a global basis, which will provide us with a common global customer relationship management platform. In addition, we are investing in our online ordering tools to simplify our order entry process and we are expanding our online retail sales.
    We have structured the commission and incentive plans of our sales team to drive focus on achieving profitable growth. We have also significantly invested in our architectural sales force by adding staff and tools to increase the frequency with which our products are specified by architects and, more recently, have restructured the North America sales team focused on our traditional distribution channel, from a single team to product focused teams. We believe these investments will increase sales force effectiveness, create pull-through demand, and optimize sales force productivity.
    We believe that our broad product portfolio of both doors and windows in North America and Australasia is a competitive advantage as it allows us to cross-sell our door and window products to our end customers, many of whom find it more efficient to choose one supplier for their door and window needs on a given project. None of our primary competitors in these regions offer a similarly complete range of windows as well as interior and exterior doors.
12


Back to top
Research and Development
    A core aspect of our business strategy is the investment and innovation of new products and technologies. We believe that leading the market in innovation will enhance demand for our products and allow us to sell a higher margin product mix. Our research and development efforts encompass new product development, derivative product development, as well as value-added re-engineering of components in our existing products leading to reduced costs and manufacturing efficiencies. We have also designed a new governance process that prioritizes the most impactful projects, which is expected to improve the efficiency and quality of our research and development efforts. The governance process is currently being deployed globally, such that we can leverage best practices from region to region. Additionally, a substantial driver of our acquisition activity has been increasing access to new and innovative products, including the transfer and integration of acquired technology.
    Although product specifications and certifications vary from country to country, the global nature of our operations allows us to leverage our global innovation capabilities and share new product designs across our markets. We believe that the global nature of our research and development capabilities is unique among our door and window competition.
Customers
    We sell our products worldwide and have well-established relationships with numerous customers throughout the door and window distribution chain in each of our end markets, including retail home centers, wholesale distributors, and building product dealers that supply homebuilders, contractors, and consumers. Our wholesale customers include such industry leaders as ProBuild/Builders First Source, Saint-Gobain, and the Holzring group. Our home center customers include, among others, The Home Depot, Lowe’s, and Menards in North America; B&Q, Howdens, and Bauhaus in Europe; and Bunnings Warehouse in Australia. We have maintained relationships with the majority of our top ten customers for over 25 years and believe that the strength and tenure of our customer relationships is based on the total value we provide, including the quality and breadth of our product offering, our customer service, innovation, and delivery capabilities. Our top ten customers together accounted for 38% of our net revenues in the year ended December 31, 2021, and our largest customer, The Home Depot, accounted for approximately 15% of our net revenues in the year ended December 31, 2021.
Competition
    The door and window industry is highly competitive and includes a number of regional and international competitors. Competition is largely based on the functional and aesthetic quality of products, service quality, distribution capability, and price. We believe that we are well-positioned in our industry due to our leading brands, our broad product lines, our consistently high product quality and service, our global manufacturing and distribution capabilities, and our extensive multi-channel distribution. For North American interior doors, our major competitors include Masonite and several smaller independent door manufacturers. For North American exterior doors, competitors include Masonite, Therma-Tru (a division of Fortune Brands), and Plastpro. The North American window market is highly fragmented, with sizable competitors including Andersen, Pella, Marvin, Ply-Gem (a division of Cornerstone Building Brands, formerly NCI Building Systems), and Milgard (a division of MI Windows and Doors). The door manufacturers that we primarily compete with in our European markets include Huga, Prüm/Garant (a division of Arbonia Group), Viljandi, Masonite, Keyor, and Herholz. The competitive landscape in Australia is varied across the door and window markets. In the Australian door market, Hume Doors is our primary competitor, while in the window, shower screen, and wardrobe markets we largely compete against a fragmented set of smaller companies.
Intellectual Property
    We rely primarily on patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret laws and contractual commitments to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. Generally, registered trademarks have a perpetual life, provided that they are renewed on a timely basis and continue to be used properly as trademarks. We intend to maintain the trademark registrations listed below so long as they remain valuable to our business.
    Our U.S. window and door trademarks include JELD-WEN®, AuraLast®, VPI™, MiraTEC®, Extira®, LaCANTINA®, Karona®, ImpactGard®, JW®, Aurora®, MMI Door®, IWP®, True BLU®, Low-Friction Glider®, National Door®, Hydrolock®, and ABS®. Our trademarks are either registered or have long been used as a common law trademark by the Company. The trademarks we use outside the U.S. include the Stegbar®, Regency®, William Russell Doors®, Airlite®, Trend®, The Perfect Fit™, Aneeta®, Breezway®, Kolder™, Corinthian®, and A&L® marks in Australia, and Swedoor®, Dooria®, DANA®, Mattiovi™, Alupan®, Zargag®, and Domoferm® in Europe.
13


Back to top
Environmental, Social, and Governance Matters
Human Capital Resources
We believe that the success of our mission is realized by the engagement and empowerment of our employees and we are committed to investing in our people. Our senior leadership team, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Executive Vice President, Human Resources, is responsible for developing and executing our human capital strategy. This includes the attraction, retention, development, and engagement of talent. In addition, our Executive Vice President, Human Resources regularly updates senior management and our Board of Directors on the operation and status of our human capital management.     
As of December 31, 2021, we employed approximately 24,700 people. Of our total number of employees, approximately 12,600 are employed in operations included in our North America segment and corporate operations, approximately 7,600 are employed in operations included in our Europe segment, and approximately 4,500 are employed in operations included in our Australasia segment.
    In total, approximately 1,110, or 9%, of our employees in the U.S. and Canada are unionized. Two facilities in the U.S., representing approximately 320 employees, are covered by collective bargaining agreements. In Canada, approximately 69% of our employees work at facilities covered by collective bargaining agreements. As is common in Europe and Australia, the majority of our facilities are covered by work councils and/or labor agreements. We believe we have satisfactory relationships with our employees and our organized labor unions.
Health and Safety
We strive to operate in a way that prioritizes the health and safety of our employees, business partners, and the communities in which we operate. JELD-WEN's commitment to the environmental health and safety (“EH&S”) of our associates is foundational and embedded in our values. Nothing takes precedence over safety. Our EH&S programs are designed around global policies and standards and a commitment to complying with or exceeding applicable requirements within our manufacturing, service and install, and headquarter operations. We proactively implement management systems consistent with ISO 14001 and 45001 requirements to prevent EH&S risks and to create a strong safety culture and improve performance. We are committed to continuous improvement and continue to measure, refine, and improve on our performance. We educate and train our employees to ensure compliance with our policies, standards, and management systems. We also have policies and procedures in place to encourage employees to stop work to address at-risk conditions without the threat of retaliation. Our management and Board of Directors also periodically review our health and safety practices to address ongoing effectiveness and compliance.
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DE&I)
We believe that a diverse and engaged workforce is a strong competitive advantage and we strive to create an environment where individuals of all backgrounds can fully contribute and maximize their potential. Our employees are encouraged to bring their authentic selves to the workplace and work together to enrich a culture of inclusivity and belonging. Senior leadership teams review their succession plans, as well as their broader workforce demographics, on a regular cadence to ensure underrepresented groups are being offered fair consideration for open roles and internal promotions. We believe diversity and inclusion begins as we source potential talent for the Company. We recruit from historically black colleges and universities, partner with affinity groups and veterans’ organizations, and work with minority owned recruiting firms to ensure managers are presented with diverse candidate pools for their workforce needs. As part of our human capital strategy we incorporate mentoring programs, support employee resources groups, and facilitate DE&I training sessions to encourage and promote an inclusive culture.
Training and Talent Development
We strive to not only attract and retain great talent but are committed to the continued development of our workforce. We invest in formal leadership development programs that help prepare senior leaders for succession into executive roles, in regional programs to accelerate the leadership conversion of mid-level managers, and in focused efforts to upskill our front-line leaders. Retaining and developing early career talent is an additional focus. Across our teams, we welcome apprenticeship and work study arrangements that seed talent into manufacturing and team lead roles. In North America specifically, we offer a summer internship program and a multi-year, cross-functional rotational program to identify, attract, and accelerate the growth of an internal pipeline of future managers. In our regions, we seek out, seed, and utilize financial grants and social educational investment requirements to reinvest in the ongoing learning and development needs of our diverse global workforce.
Internal job opportunities are posted for employees to review and our internal mobility philosophy encourages employees to apply for roles after they have passed twelve months on a job. Our human capital management system allows employees to document their skills, prior work experiences, and desired future areas of growth. As part of the annual performance management process, managers and employees meet to review individual development plans and discuss actions for ongoing growth and development. The company continues to invest in its employees through new global learning platforms, content libraries, and additional formal and informal training programs.
14


Back to top

Employee Engagement
We manage and measure our organizational health with a view to gaining insight into our employees’ experiences, levels of workplace satisfaction, and feelings of engagement within the Company. We measure employee engagement and manager effectiveness annually through our global engagement survey and strive to increase our engagement scores year over year. To assist in this formal effort, managers are given direct access to their engagement results, share these results with their teams, and create measurable action plans. The Senior Leadership Team demonstrates their commitment to engagement through transparent communications in town halls and leadership team meetings; they also carry engagement goals on their individual annual goal plans. Engagement is also managed and measured at the local level. Each region, as well as the local facilities, host engagement events that align to the Company values of Investing in People, while also positively impacting the communities in which we work and live.
Environmental Sustainability
    We strive to conduct our business in a manner that is environmentally sustainable and demonstrates environmental stewardship. Toward that end, we pursue processes that are designed to minimize waste, maximize efficient utilization of materials, and conserve resources, including using recycled and reused materials to produce portions of our products. We offer a variety of products that contain pre-consumer recycled content, such as our vinyl windows, aluminum cladding, and window glass. Our U.S. produced pine wood windows and select patio doors and door frames are made from AuraLast® pine, which is a proprietary, water-based wood protection process that results in a decrease of VOCs (volatile organic compounds) released during production. In addition, we manufacture many products that meet local green building provisions and top nationally recognized environmental programs. We continue to evaluate and modify our manufacturing and other processes on an ongoing basis to further reduce our impact on the environment.
Environmental Regulatory Actions
    The geographic breadth of our facilities and the nature of our operations subject us to extensive environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations in jurisdictions throughout the world. Such laws and regulations relate to, among other things, air emissions, the treatment and discharge of wastewater, the discharge of hazardous materials into the environment, the handling, storage, use and disposal of solid, hazardous and other wastes, worker health and safety, or otherwise relate to health, safety, and protection of the environment. Many of our products are also subject to various laws and regulations, such as building and construction codes, product safety regulations, and regulations and mandates related to energy efficiency.
    The nature of our operations, which involve the handling, storage, use, and disposal of hazardous wastes, exposes us to the risk of liability and claims associated with contamination at our current and former facilities or sites where we have disposed of or arranged for the disposal of waste, or with the impact of our products on human health and safety and the environment. Laws and regulations with respect to the investigation and remediation of contaminated sites can impose joint and several liability for releases or threatened releases of hazardous materials upon statutorily defined parties, including us, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original activity or disposal. We have been subject to claims, including having been named as a potentially responsible party, in certain proceedings initiated pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) and similar state and foreign laws, regulations, and statutes, and may be named a potentially responsible party in other similar proceedings in the future. Unforeseen expenditures or liabilities may arise in connection with such matters.
    We have also been the subject of certain environmental regulatory actions by the EPA and state regulatory agencies in the U.S. and foreign governmental authorities in jurisdictions in which we operate and are obligated to make certain expenditures in settlement of those actions. We do not expect expenditures for compliance with environmental laws and regulations to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or competitive position. However, the discovery of a presently unknown environmental condition, changes in environmental requirements or their enforcement, or other unanticipated events, may give rise to unforeseen expenditures and liabilities which could be material.
In 2007, we were identified by the WADOE as a PLP with respect to our former manufacturing site in Everett, Washington. In 2008, we entered into an Agreed Order with the WADOE to assess historic environmental contamination and remediation feasibility at the site. As part of the order, we agreed to develop a CAP, arising from the feasibility assessment. In December 2020, we submitted to the WADOE a draft feasibility assessment with an array of remedial alternatives, which we considered substantially complete. During 2021, several comment rounds were completed as well as the identification of the Port of Everett and W&W Everett Investment LLC as additional PLPs, with respect to this matter with each PLP being jointly and severally liable for the cleanup costs. The WADOE received the final feasibility assessment on December 31, 2021, containing various remedial alternatives with its preferred remedial alternatives totaling $23.4 million. Based on this study, we have determined our range of possible outcomes to be $11.8 million to $33.4 million. On March 1, 2022, we expect to deliver to the WADOE a draft CAP consistent with its preferred alternatives, and the WADOE has 60 days to review and provide comments followed by a comment incorporation period for the draft CAP. At that time, the WADOE will complete an additional review within 60 days and release the documents for tribal consultation
15


Back to top
and comment. A 30-day public comment period will follow, and once the public comment period has expired and any comments incorporated, the WADOE will finalize the remedial actions we will be required to perform. The final CAP will be developed and delivered to the WADOE 15 days thereafter. The final CAP will ultimately be formalized in an Agreed Order or Consent Decree with the WADOE, the Company, and the other PLPs. We have made provisions within our financial statements within the range of possible outcomes; however, the contents and cost of the final CAP and allocation of the responsibility between the identified PLPs could vary materially from our estimates.
    In December 2020, we entered into a COA with the PaDEP to remove a pile of wood fiber waste from our site in Towanda, Pennsylvania, which we acquired in connection with our acquisition of CMI in 2012, by using it as fuel for a boiler at that site. The COA replaced a 2018 Consent Decree between PaDEP and us. Under the COA, we are required to achieve certain periodic removal objectives and ultimately remove the entire pile by August 31, 2025. There are currently $2.3 million in bonds posted in connection with these obligations. If we are unable to remove this pile by August 31, 2025, then the bonds will be forfeited, and we may be subject to penalties by PaDEP. We currently anticipate meeting all applicable removal deadlines; however, if our operations at this site decrease and we burn less fuel than currently anticipated, we may not be able to meet such deadlines.
For more information, see Item 1A - Risk Factors - We may be subject to significant compliance costs as well as liabilities under environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, Item 1A - Risk Factors - Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry, Item 1A - Risk Factors -We may be subject to significant compliance costs with respect to legislative and regulatory proposals to restrict emissions of GHGs and other sustainability initiatives.
Government Regulation
As a public company with global operations, we are subject to the laws and regulations of the United States and multiple foreign jurisdictions. These regulations, which differ among jurisdictions, include those related to financial and other disclosures, accounting standards, corporate governance, intellectual property, tax, trade, antitrust, employment, privacy, and anti-corruption, in addition to the environmental laws and regulations described above.
For a more detailed description of the various laws and regulations that affect our business, see Item 1A - Risk Factors.
Available Information
    Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are filed with the SEC. We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and file or furnish reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such reports and other information filed by us with the SEC are available free of charge on our website at investors.jeld-wen.com when such reports are made available and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The contents of these websites are not incorporated into this filing. Further, our references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

16


Back to top
Executive Officers of the Registrant
Set forth below is certain information about our executive officers. Ages are as of February 18, 2022. There are no family relationships among the following executive officers.
Roya Behnia, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer. Ms. Behnia, age 55, joined the Company in June 2020. She leads the global legal team, providing legal advice and guidance to the Board of Directors and the senior leadership team. Previously Ms. Behnia served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel for Pall Corporation and Rewards Network, Inc. She also held senior legal counsel roles at SPX Corporation and Brunswick Corporation. Prior to these corporate positions, Ms. Behnia was a partner at Kirkland & Ellis in Chicago, IL. She earned an undergraduate degree from Harvard University and a law degree from the University of Chicago Law School.
Daniel J. Castillo, Executive Vice President and President, North America. Mr. Castillo, age 53, joined the Company in February 2018 as Senior Vice President, North America - Doors. He was appointed to his current role as Executive Vice President and President, North America in May 2020. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Castillo served as President of Cree Lighting from November 2016 until December 2017. Mr. Castillo also served as Senior Vice President for Eaton Corporation’s Oil, Gas, and Petrochemical business. Between 2001 and 2015, Mr. Castillo held positions of increasing responsibilities with Cooper Industries and Cooper Lighting spanning various departments and divisions, including three different Vice President roles and culminating in his appointment as President of the Eaton / Cooper B-Line business. Mr. Castillo holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Florida International University and an M.B.A. from Columbia University’s Business School.
Timothy R. Craven, Executive Vice President, Human Resources. Mr. Craven, age 53, was appointed Vice President, Employee Relations of the Company in July 2015 and was promoted to his current role as Executive Vice President, Human Resources in February 2016. Mr. Craven is responsible for global human resources and employee relation activities. His duties include talent acquisition, training and development, wage and benefit reviews, and employee engagement. Previously, Mr. Craven was employed at Eaton Corporation (formerly Cooper Industries) where he held a number of senior-level human resources roles since 2007. Immediately prior to joining the Company, Mr. Craven served as Vice President, Human Resources at the Crouse-Hinds Division of Eaton Corporation. Earlier in his career, Mr. Craven served in a number of human resources positions of increasing responsibility at both corporate and operating locations with Xerox’s Affiliated Computer Services Business and Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Craven earned a B.S. in Human Resource Management from Western Illinois University.
David R. Guernsey, Executive Vice President and President, Europe. Mr. Guernsey, age 58, joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Europe in July 2019 and was promoted to Executive Vice President and President, Europe in May 2020. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Guernsey served as Vice President, Finance across multiple business units of Ingersoll Rand from 2008 until 2019. Mr. Guernsey also served in various key leadership roles at Pepsi Bottling Company, including Vice President, Finance, and Director, Worldwide Performance Management from 1997 through 2008. Mr. Guernsey earned a B.S. in Finance and International Business Administration and an M.B.A from Butler University.
John R. Linker, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Linker, age 46, joined the Company in December 2012 and has held the position of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since November 2018. Previously, he served as the Company’s Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Investor Relations from 2015 to 2018, and as Treasurer from 2012 to 2014. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Linker held leadership positions in corporate development and finance with United Technologies Corporation’s Aerospace Systems Division, and its predecessor, Goodrich Corporation, from 2008 to 2012. Mr. Linker began his career in investment banking for Wells Fargo and consulting for Accenture PLC. Mr. Linker holds a B.A. in Economics and International Studies from Duke University and a M.B.A. from The Fuqua School of Business at Duke University.
Gary S. Michel, Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Michel, age 59, joined the Company as President and Chief Executive Officer in June 2018 and became Chair of the Board in October 2021. Mr. Michel previously worked at Honeywell International, Inc., where he served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Home and Building Technologies strategic business group since October 2017. Prior to that, he spent 32 years at Ingersoll Rand, most recently as Senior Vice President and President of its residential heating, ventilation and air conditioning business and as a member of Ingersoll Rand’s enterprise leadership team from 2011 to 2017 and co-chair of its sustainability efforts. He began his career there in 1985 as an application engineer and held various product, sales and business management roles before moving into a series of leadership positions across various geographic and market segments. Mr. Michel holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Virginia Tech and an M.B.A. from the University of Phoenix.






17


Back to top
Item 1A - Risk Factors
    Investing in our Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. These risks include those described below and may include additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial. You should carefully consider the following factors, as well as other information contained or incorporated by reference in this 10-K, before deciding to invest in shares of our Common Stock. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, and the trading price of our Common Stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our Common Stock.
Summary of Risk Factors
Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those risks discussed at-length below. These risks include, among others, the following:
Negative trends in overall business, financial market and economic conditions, and activity levels in our end markets may reduce demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The outbreak of COVID-19 has had, and may continue to have, a negative impact on the global economy and on our business, operations, and results.
Increases in interest rates used to finance home construction and improvements, such as mortgage and credit card interest rates, and the reduced availability of financing for the purchase of new homes and home construction and improvements, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
A decline in our relationships with our key customers, the amount of products they purchase from us, or a decline in our key customers’ financial condition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We operate in a highly competitive business environment. Failure to compete effectively could cause us to lose market share and any decrease in demand for our products could force us to reduce the prices we charge for our products. This competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Failure to maintain the performance, reliability, quality, and service standards required by our customers, or to timely deliver our products, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
A disruption in our operations due to natural disasters or acts of war could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may not identify or effectively respond to consumer needs, expectations, or trends in a timely fashion, which could adversely affect our relationship with customers, our reputation, the demand for our brands, products, and services, and our market share.
Prices and availability of the raw materials we use to manufacture our products are subject to fluctuations due to inflation and other factors, and we may be unable to pass along to our customers the effects of any price increases.
Our business may be affected by delays or interruptions in the delivery of raw materials, finished goods, and certain component parts. A supply shortage or delivery chain interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Increases in labor costs, potential labor disputes, and work stoppages at our facilities or the facilities of our suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Changes in building codes and standards, including ENERGY STAR standards, could increase the cost of our products, lower the demand for our windows and doors, or otherwise adversely affect our business.
Our failure to comply with the credit agreements governing our Credit Facilities and indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes, including as a result of events beyond our control, could trigger events of default and acceleration of our indebtedness. Defaults under our debt agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The market price of our Common Stock may be highly volatile.
Publishing earnings guidance subjects us to risks, including increased stock volatility, that could lead to potential lawsuits by investors.
18


Back to top
Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our shareholders and may prevent attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
Negative trends in overall business, financial market and economic conditions, and activity levels in our end markets may reduce demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Negative trends in overall business, financial market, and economic conditions globally or in the regions where we operate may reduce demand for our doors and windows, which is tied to activity levels in the R&R and new residential and non-residential construction end markets. In particular, the following factors may have a direct impact on our business in the regions where our products are marketed and sold:
the strength of the economy;
employment rates and consumer confidence and spending rates;
the availability and cost of credit;
the amount and type of residential and non-residential construction;
housing sales and home values;
the age of existing home stock, home vacancy rates, and foreclosures;
interest rate fluctuations for our customers and consumers;
volatility in both debt and equity capital markets;
increases in the cost of raw materials or any shortage in supplies or labor, including as a result of tariffs or other trade restrictions;
the effects of governmental regulation and initiatives to manage economic conditions;
geographical shifts in population and other changes in demographics; and
changes in weather patterns.
Beginning in mid-2006 and continuing through late 2011, the U.S. residential and non-residential construction industry experienced one of the most severe downturns of the last 40 years followed by moderate recovery that had a substantial negative effect on sales across our end markets. While cyclicity in our new residential and non-residential construction end markets is moderated to a certain extent by R&R activity, much R&R spending is discretionary and can be deferred or postponed entirely when economic conditions are poor. We have experienced sales declines in all of our end markets during recent economic downturns.
Although conditions in the U.S. have remained favorable in recent years, there can be no assurance that this improvement will be sustained in the near or long-term. Uncertain economic and political conditions may make it difficult for us and our customers or suppliers to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. For example, changes to U.S. leadership roles may result in changes to policies related to global trade and tariffs which have resulted in uncertainty surrounding the future of the global economy as well as retaliatory trade measures implemented by other countries. Potentially increasing costs of steel and aluminum may impact customer spending as well as our raw materials costs.
Global economic impacts as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic continue to evolve as variants, such as delta and omicron, spread throughout the world. Prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, Australia and certain European countries had entered housing and economic recessions, which were prolonged as a result of COVID-19. Negative business, financial market, and economic conditions globally within the industries or regions we compete in may materially and adversely affect demand for or costs to produce our products. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The outbreak of COVID-19 has had, and may continue to have, a negative impact on the global economy and on our business, operations, and results.
    The COVID-19 pandemic, and the measures taken to contain or mitigate it, have had dramatic adverse consequences for the economy, including the demand for goods and services, operations, supply chains, and financial markets. The nature and scope of the consequences to date are difficult to evaluate precisely, and their future course is impossible to predict with confidence.
19


Back to top
    The COVID-19 crisis has had and is expected to continue to have several significant effects on our employees, operations, supply chain, distribution system, customer demand, the housing market, and general market and economic conditions. The effects we have experienced included the following:
varying demand for our products as a result of a slowdown in the U.S. and global economies;
increased storage costs as a result of larger volume of raw materials purchased to mitigate supply chain disruptions;
labor shortages, absenteeism, and increased labor costs as a result of stay-at-home directives, including quarantining, and costs to attract and retain employees;
transportation disruptions, including reduced availability of inbound and outbound freight, port closures, and increased border controls or closures resulting in supply chain delays and increased freight and duty costs;
uncertain expense management in light of continued efforts to protect our employees;
complete or partial closures or other operational issues at one or more of our manufacturing or distribution facilities resulting from government action; and
difficulty sourcing materials necessary to fulfill production requirements or higher prices to fulfill our requirements as a result of suppliers experiencing closures or reductions in their capacity utilization levels.
    These effects began in the latter weeks of March 2020 and have continued, to varying extents, as vaccinations and new variants have been introduced globally. We have experienced intermittent closures as mandated by local governments and may continue to see similar closures. Initiatives, including travel restrictions and quarantines, have and may continue to impact a significant percentage of our workforce and the workforce of our suppliers or transportation providers as they are unable to work as a result of the viral outbreak. If additional factory closures are required or reductions in capacity utilization levels occur, we expect to incur additional direct costs due to reduced productivity and lost revenue. If our suppliers experience closures or reductions in their capacity utilization levels in the future, we may have difficulty sourcing materials necessary to fulfill production requirements or be required to pay a higher price to fulfill our requirements.
    In July 2021, we refinanced our existing Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility by issuing replacement loans that aggregated to $550.0 million in principal amount under the Term Loan Facility and adding $100.0 million in potential additional revolving loan capacity to our ABL Facility. In May 2020, we issued $250.0 million of Senior Secured Notes, the proceeds of which were used to repay the outstanding balance under our ABL Facility with the remainder to be used for general corporate purposes. We cannot assure you that the available proceeds, or any of our other actions, will be sufficient to avoid liquidity constraints in the future or to mitigate any material or adverse effect of COVID-19 on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
    The effects of the COVID-19 crisis could be aggravated if the crisis continues, and we could also see additional impacts that might include the following:
reduced economic activity severely impacting our customers’ financial condition and liquidity, reducing the likelihood they will be purchasing additional products from us and increasing the likelihood they may require additional time to pay us or will fail to pay us at all, which could significantly increase the amount of accounts receivable and require us to record additional allowances for doubtful accounts;
reduced economic activity resulting in a prolonged recession, which could negatively impact consumer discretionary spending;
a decrease in the principal that may be drawn under our ABL Facility as a result of a decrease in our accounts receivable and inventory;
difficulty accessing debt and equity capital on attractive terms, or at all, an impact on our credit ratings, and a severe disruption and instability in the global financial markets or deterioration in credit and financing conditions that affect our access to capital necessary to fund business operations or to address maturing liabilities on a timely basis;
negative impact on our future compliance with financial covenants under our Corporate Credit Facilities and other debt agreements, which could result in a default and potentially an acceleration of indebtedness; and
the potential negative impact on the health of our personnel, particularly if a significant number of them are impacted, decreasing our ability to ensure business continuity during this disruption.
    If these effects are sustained, they could have accounting consequences such as impairments of fixed assets or goodwill. They may also impact controls over financial reporting. They could also affect our ability to execute our expansion plans or invest in research and development.
    The adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations of any of the matters described above could be material. The future impact of the COVID-19 crisis on our business, financial condition, or results of operations is highly uncertain and will depend on numerous evolving factors that we cannot predict, including, but not limited to:
20


Back to top
the duration, scope, and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic;
the impact of travel bans, work-from-home policies, or shelter-in-place orders;
the temporary or prolonged shutdown of manufacturing facilities and decreased retail traffic;
the availability of financial assistance programs or other forms of governmental assistance;
general economic, financial, and industry conditions, particularly conditions relating to liquidity, financial performance, and related credit issues in our industry, which may be amplified by the effects of COVID-19; and
the long-term effects of COVID-19 on the national and global economy, including on consumer confidence and spending, financial markets and the availability of credit for us, our suppliers, and our customers.
    To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic or any other global health crisis does adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the “Risk Factors” included herein.
Increases in interest rates used to finance home construction and improvements, such as mortgage and credit card interest rates, and the reduced availability of financing for the purchase of new homes and home construction and improvements, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our performance depends in part upon consumers having the ability to access third-party financing for the purchase of new homes and buildings and R&R of existing homes and other buildings. The ability of consumers to finance these purchases is affected by the interest rates available for home mortgages, credit card debt, home equity or other lines of credit, and other sources of third-party financing. While interest rates in many of the regions where we market and sell our products have generally decreased during the last three years, these rates are expected to increase in future periods by key central banks, such as the U.S. Federal Reserve and European Central Bank. If interest rates were to increase and, consequently, the ability of prospective buyers to finance purchases of new homes or home improvement products is adversely affected, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
In addition to increased interest rates, the ability of consumers to procure third-party financing is impacted by such factors as new and existing home prices, unemployment levels, high mortgage delinquency and foreclosure rates, and lower housing turnover. Adverse developments affecting any of these factors could result in the imposition of more restrictive lending standards by financial institutions and reduce the ability of some consumers to finance home purchases or R&R expenditures.
A decline in our relationships with our key customers, the amount of products they purchase from us, or a decline in our key customers’ financial condition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our business depends on our relationships with our key customers, which consist mainly of wholesale distributors and retail home centers. Our top ten customers together accounted for approximately 38% of our net revenues in the year ended December 31, 2021, and our largest customer, The Home Depot, accounted for approximately 15% of our net revenues in the year ended December 31, 2021. Although we have established and maintain significant long-term relationships with our key customers, we cannot assure you that all of these relationships will continue or will not diminish. We generally do not enter into long-term contracts with our customers and they generally do not have an obligation to purchase products from us. Accordingly, sales from customers that have accounted for a significant portion of our sales in past periods, individually or as a group, may not continue in future periods, or if continued, may not reach or exceed historical levels in any period. For example, certain of our large customers perform periodic line reviews to assess their product offering, which have in the past and may in the future lead to loss of business and pricing pressures. Some of our large customers may also experience economic difficulties or otherwise default on their obligations to us. Furthermore, our pricing optimization strategy, which requires maintaining pricing discipline in order to improve or maintain profit margins, has in the past and may in the future lead to the loss of certain customers, including key customers, who do not agree to our pricing terms. The loss of, or a diminution in our relationship with, any of our largest customers could lower our sales volumes, which could increase our costs and lower our profitability. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We operate in a highly competitive business environment. Failure to compete effectively could cause us to lose market share and any decrease in demand for our products could force us to reduce the prices we charge for our products. This competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We operate in a highly competitive business environment. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, marketing, and distribution resources and may develop stronger relationships with customers in the markets where we sell our products. Some of our competitors may be less leveraged than we are, providing them with more flexibility to invest in new facilities and processes and also making them better able to withstand adverse economic or industry conditions.
In addition, some of our competitors, regardless of their size or resources, may choose to compete in the marketplace by adopting more aggressive sales policies, including price cuts, or by devoting greater resources to the development, promotion, and sale
21


Back to top
of their products. This could result in our loss of customers and/or market share to these competitors, which may cause us to reduce the prices at which we sell our products to remain competitive.
As a result of competitive bidding processes, we may have to provide pricing concessions to our significant customers in order for us to keep their business. Reduced pricing would result in lower product margins on sales to those customers. There is no guarantee that a reduction in prices would be offset by sufficient gains in market share and sales volume to those customers.
The loss of, or a reduction in orders from, any significant customers, or decreases in the prices of our products due to lower demand, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Failure to maintain the performance, reliability, quality, and service standards required by our customers, or to timely deliver our products, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
If our products have performance, reliability, or quality problems, our reputation and brand equity, which we believe is a substantial competitive advantage, could be materially adversely affected. We may also experience increased and unanticipated warranty and service expenses. Furthermore, we manufacture a significant portion of our products based on the specific requirements of our customers, and delays in providing our customers the products and services they specify on a timely basis could result in reduced or canceled orders and delays in the collection of accounts receivable. Additionally, claims from our customers, with or without merit, could result in costly and time-consuming litigation that could require significant time and attention of management and involve significant monetary damages that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
A disruption in our operations due to natural disasters or acts of war could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We operate facilities worldwide. Many of our facilities are located in areas that are vulnerable to hurricanes, earthquakes, wildfires, and other natural disasters. In the event that a hurricane, earthquake, natural disaster, fire, pandemic, or other catastrophic event were to interrupt our operations for any extended period of time, it could delay shipment of merchandise to our customers, damage our reputation, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In addition, our operations may be interrupted by terrorist attacks or other acts of violence or war. These attacks may directly impact our suppliers’ or customers’ physical facilities. Furthermore, these attacks may make travel and the transportation of our supplies and products more difficult and more expensive and ultimately have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The U.S. has entered into armed conflicts, which could have an impact on our sales and our ability to deliver product to our customers. Political and economic instability in some regions of the world may also negatively impact the global economy and, therefore, our business. The consequences of any of these armed conflicts are unpredictable, and we may not be able to foresee events that could have an adverse effect on our business or your investment. More generally, any of these events could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the worldwide financial markets. They could also result in economic recessions. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may not identify or effectively respond to consumer needs, expectations, or trends in a timely fashion, which could adversely affect our relationship with customers, our reputation, the demand for our brands, products, and services, and our market share.
The quantity, type, and prices of products demanded by consumers and our customers have shifted over time. For example, demand has increased for multi-family housing units such as apartments and condominiums, which typically require fewer of our products, and we are experiencing growth in certain channels for products with lower price points. In certain cases, these shifts have negatively impacted our sales and/or our profitability. Also, we must continually anticipate and adapt to the increasing use of technology by our customers. Recent years have seen shifts in consumer preferences and purchasing practices and changes in the business models and strategies of our customers. Consumers are increasingly using the internet and mobile technology to research home improvement products and to inform and provide feedback on their purchasing and ownership experience for these products. Trends towards online purchases could impact our ability to compete as we currently sell a significant portion of our products through retail home centers, wholesale distributors, and building products dealers.
Accordingly, the success of our business depends in part on our ability to maintain strong brands and identify and respond promptly to evolving trends in demographics, consumer preferences, and expectations and needs, while also managing inventory levels. It is difficult to successfully predict the products and services our customers will demand. Even if we are successful in anticipating consumer preferences, our ability to adequately react to and address those preferences will in part depend upon our continued ability to develop and introduce innovative, high-quality products and acquire or develop the intellectual property necessary to develop new products or improve our existing products. There can be no assurance that the products we develop, even those to which we devote substantial resources, will be successful. While we continue to invest in innovation, brand building, and brand awareness, and intend to increase our investments in these areas in the future, these initiatives may not be successful. Failure to
22


Back to top
anticipate and successfully react to changing consumer preferences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In addition, our competitors could introduce new or improved products that would replace or reduce demand for our products or create new proprietary designs and/or changes in manufacturing technologies that may render our products obsolete or too expensive for efficient competition in the marketplace. Our failure to competitively respond to changing consumer and customer trends, demands, and preferences could cause us to lose market share, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Manufacturing realignments and cost savings programs may result in a decrease in our short-term earnings and operating efficiency or expected benefits may not be achieved.
We continually review our manufacturing operations to address market changes and to implement efficiencies presented by acquisitions. Effects of periodic manufacturing integrations, realignments, and cost savings programs have in the past and could in the future result in a decrease in our short-term earnings and operating efficiency until the expected results are achieved. Such programs may include the consolidation, integration, and upgrading of facilities, functions, systems, and procedures. Such programs involve substantial planning, often require capital investments, and may result in charges for fixed asset impairments or obsolescence and substantial severance costs. We also cannot assure that we will achieve all of our cost savings. Our ability to achieve cost savings and other benefits within expected time frames is subject to many estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive, and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. If these estimates and assumptions are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our operations could experience disruption, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Our business is seasonal, and revenue and profit can vary significantly throughout the year, which may adversely impact the timing of our cash flows and limit our liquidity at certain times of the year.
Our business is seasonal, and our net revenues and operating results vary significantly from quarter to quarter based upon the timing of the building season in our markets. Our sales typically follow seasonal new construction and R&R industry patterns. The peak season for home construction and R&R activity in the majority of the geographies where we market and sell our products generally corresponds with the second and third calendar quarters, and therefore our sales volume is typically higher during those quarters. Our first and fourth quarter sales volumes are generally lower due to reduced R&R and new construction activity as a result of less favorable climate conditions in the majority of our geographic end markets. Failure to effectively manage our inventory in anticipation of or in response to seasonal fluctuations could negatively impact our liquidity profile during certain seasonal periods.
We may be unable to protect our intellectual property, and we may face claims of intellectual property infringement.
We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements, nondisclosure agreements, and other contractual commitments, to protect our intellectual property rights. However, these measures may not be adequate or sufficient, and third parties may not always respect these legal protections even if they are aware of them. In addition, our competitors may develop similar technologies and know-how without violating our intellectual property rights. Furthermore, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. The failure to obtain worldwide patent and trademark protection may result in other companies copying and marketing products based on our technologies or under brand or trade names similar to ours outside the jurisdictions in which we are protected. This could impede our growth in existing regions, create confusion among consumers, and result in a greater supply of similar products that could erode prices for our protected products.
Litigation may be necessary to protect our intellectual property rights. Intellectual property litigation can result in substantial costs, could distract our management, and could impinge upon other resources. Our failure to enforce and protect our intellectual property rights may cause us to lose brand recognition and result in a decrease in sales of our products.
Moreover, while we are not aware that any of our products or brands infringes upon the proprietary rights of others, third parties may make such claims in the future. From time to time, third parties may claim that we have infringed upon their intellectual property rights and we may receive notices from such third parties asserting such claims. Any such infringement claims are thoroughly investigated and, regardless of merit, could be time-consuming and result in costly litigation or damages, undermine the exclusivity and value of our brands, decrease sales, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements that may not be on acceptable terms and that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We continue to implement strategic initiatives, including JEM and our global footprint rationalization initiatives. If we fail to implement these initiatives as expected, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our future financial performance depends in part on our management’s ability to successfully implement our strategic initiatives, including JEM and our global footprint rationalization initiatives. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to successfully implement these initiatives and related strategies throughout the geographic regions in which we operate or be able to
23


Back to top
continue improving our operating results. Similarly, these initiatives, even if implemented in all of our geographic regions, may not produce similar results. Any failure to successfully implement these initiatives and related strategies could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, including increases in our severance and impairment charges. We may, in addition, decide to alter or discontinue certain aspects of our business strategy at any time.
Changes in weather patterns, including as a result of global climate change, could significantly affect our financial results or financial condition.
Weather patterns may affect our operating results and our ability to maintain our sales volume throughout the year. Because our customers depend on suitable weather to engage in construction projects, increased frequency or duration of extreme weather conditions could have a material adverse effect on our financial results or financial condition. For example, unseasonably cool weather or extraordinary amounts of rainfall may decrease construction activity, thereby decreasing our sales. Also, we cannot predict the effects that global climate change may have on our business. In addition to changes in weather patterns, it might, for example, reduce the demand for construction, destroy forests (increasing the cost and reducing the availability of wood products used in construction), and increase the cost and reduce the availability of raw materials and energy. New laws and regulations related to global climate change may also increase our expenses or reduce our sales.
We are exposed to political, economic, and other risks that arise from operating a multinational business.
We have operations in North America, Europe, Australia, and Asia. In the year ended December 31, 2021, our North America segment accounted for approximately 60% of net revenues, our Europe segment accounted for approximately 28% of net revenues, and our Australasia segment accounted for approximately 12% of our net revenues. Further, certain of our businesses obtain raw materials and finished goods from foreign suppliers. Accordingly, our business is subject to political, economic, and other risks that are inherent in operating in numerous countries.
These risks include:
the difficulty of enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through foreign legal systems;
trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;
the imposition of, or increases in, tariffs or other trade restrictions;
required compliance with a variety of foreign laws and regulations, including the application of foreign labor regulations;
tax rates in foreign countries and the imposition of withholding requirements on foreign earnings;
difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations;
the imposition of, or increases in, currency exchange controls;
potential inflation in applicable non-U.S. economies; and
changes in general economic and political conditions in countries where we operate, including as a result of the impact of the withdrawal of the U.K. from the E.U.
The success of our business depends in part on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks. We cannot assure you that these and other factors will not have a material adverse effect on our international operations or ultimately on our global business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Certain of our customers may expand through consolidation and internal growth, which may increase their buying power. The increased size of our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Certain of our significant customers are large companies with strong buying power, and our customers may expand through consolidation or internal growth. Consolidation could decrease the number of potential significant customers for our products and increase our reliance on key customers. Further, the increased size of our customers could result in our customers seeking more favorable terms, including pricing, for the products that they purchase from us. Accordingly, the increased size of our customers may further limit our ability to maintain or raise prices in the future. This could have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
24


Back to top
We are subject to the credit risk of our customers, suppliers, and other counterparties.
We are subject to the credit risk of our customers, because we provide credit to our customers in the normal course of business. All of our customers are sensitive to economic changes and to the cyclical nature of the building industry. Especially during protracted or severe economic declines and cyclical downturns in the building industry, our customers may be unable to perform on their payment obligations, including their debts to us. Any failure by our customers to meet their obligations to us may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, we may incur increased expenses related to collections in the future if we find it necessary to take legal action to enforce the contractual obligations of a significant number of our customers.
Exchange rate fluctuations may impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our operations expose us to both transaction and translation exchange rate risks. In the year ended December 31, 2021, 46% of our net revenues came from sales outside of the U.S., and we anticipate that our operations outside of the U.S. will continue to represent a significant portion of our net revenues for the foreseeable future. In addition, the nature of our operations often requires that we incur expenses in currencies other than those in which we earn revenue. Because of the mismatch between revenues and expenses, we are exposed to significant currency exchange rate risk and we may not be successful in achieving balances in currencies throughout our operations. In addition, if the effective price of our products were to increase as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, demand for our products could decline, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Also, because our financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, we must translate the financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries and affiliates into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect during or at the end of each reporting period, and increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar against other major currencies will affect our reported financial results, including the amount of our outstanding indebtedness. Exchange rates had a positive impact of 3% on our consolidated net revenues in the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to a minimal impact of less than 1% in the year ended December 31, 2020. We cannot assure you that fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against major currencies, such as the Euro, the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the British pound, or the currencies of large developing countries, would not materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may be the subject of product liability claims or product recalls and we may not accurately estimate costs related to warranty claims. Expenses associated with product liability claims and lawsuits and related negative publicity or warranty claims in excess of our reserves could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our products are used in a wide variety of residential, non-residential, and architectural applications. We face the risk of exposure to product liability or other claims, including class action lawsuits, in the event our products are alleged to be defective or have resulted in harm to others or to property. We may in the future incur liability if product liability lawsuits against us are successful. Moreover, any such lawsuits, whether or not successful, could result in adverse publicity to us, which could cause our sales to decline materially. In addition, it may be necessary for us to recall defective products, which would also result in adverse publicity, as well as resulting in costs connected to the recall and loss of sales. We maintain insurance coverage to protect us against product liability claims, but that coverage may not be adequate to cover all claims that may arise, or we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance coverage in the future at an acceptable cost. Any liability not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In addition, consistent with industry practice, we provide warranties on many of our products and we may experience costs associated with warranty claims if our products have defects in manufacture or design or they do not meet contractual specifications. We estimate our future warranty costs based on historical trends and product sales, but we may fail to accurately estimate those costs and thereby fail to establish adequate warranty reserves for them. If warranty claims exceed our estimates, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may make acquisitions or investments in other businesses, which may involve risks or may not be successful.
Generally, we seek to acquire businesses that broaden our existing product lines and service offerings or expand our geographic reach. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or that our acquisitions or investments in other businesses will be successful. These acquisitions or investments in other businesses may also involve risks, many of which may be unpredictable and beyond our control, and which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, including risks related to:
the nature of the acquired company’s business;
any acquired business not performing as well as anticipated;
the potential loss of key employees of the acquired company;
any damage to our reputation as a result of performance or customer satisfaction problems relating to an acquired business;
25


Back to top
the failure of our due diligence procedures to detect material issues related to the acquired business, including exposure to legal claims for activities of the acquired business prior to the acquisition;
unexpected liabilities resulting from the acquisition for which we may not be adequately indemnified;
our inability to enforce indemnification and non-compete agreements;
the integration of the personnel, operations, technologies, and products of the acquired business, and establishment of internal controls, including the implementation of our ERP system, into the acquired company’s operations;
our failure to achieve projected synergies or cost savings;
our inability to establish uniform standards, controls, procedures, and policies;
any requirement that we make divestitures of operations or properties in connection with any acquisitions;
the diversion of management attention and financial resources; and
any unforeseen management and operational difficulties, particularly if we acquire assets or businesses in new foreign jurisdictions where we have little or no operational experience.
In furtherance of our strategy of growth through acquisitions, we routinely review and conduct investigations of potential acquisitions, some of which may be material. When we believe a favorable opportunity exists, we seek to enter into discussions with targets or sellers regarding the possibility of such acquisitions. At any given time, we may be in discussions with one or more counterparties. There can be no assurances that any such negotiations will lead to definitive agreements, or if such agreements are reached, that any transactions would be consummated.
Our inability to achieve the anticipated benefits of acquisitions and other investments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In addition, the means by which we finance an acquisition may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, including changes to our equity, debt, and liquidity position. If we issue Convertible Preferred or Common Stock to pay for an acquisition, the ownership percentage of our existing shareholders may be diluted. Using our existing cash may reduce our liquidity. Incurring additional debt to fund an acquisition may result in higher debt service and a requirement to comply with additional financial and other covenants, including potential restrictions on future acquisitions and distributions.
Risks Relating to Labor and Supply Chain
Prices and availability of the raw materials we use to manufacture our products are subject to fluctuations due to inflation and other factors, and we may be unable to pass along to our customers the effects of any price increases.
We use wood, glass, vinyl and other plastics, fiberglass and other composites, aluminum, steel and other metals, as well as hardware, resins, adhesives, and other components to manufacture our products. Prices and availability of our materials fluctuate for a variety of reasons beyond our control, many of which cannot be anticipated with any degree of reliability. Our most significant raw materials include logs and lumber, vinyl extrusions, glass, steel, and aluminum, each of which has been subject to periods of rapid and significant fluctuations in price. The reasons for these fluctuations include, among other things, variable worldwide supply and demand across different industries, speculation in commodities futures, general economic or environmental conditions, labor costs, competition, import duties, tariffs, worldwide currency fluctuations, freight, regulatory costs, and product and process evolutions that impact demand for the same materials. During 2021, as a result of the impacts of COVID-19 on the supply chain, we have experienced and will likely continue to experience price increases in nearly all raw materials. We expect raw material prices to remain elevated throughout 2022 due to inflation and continued global supply chain issues.
The U.S. has imposed tariffs on certain products imported into the U.S. from China, as well as tariffs on certain steel and aluminum products imported from certain countries, and could impose additional tariffs or trade restrictions. The imposition of tariffs may impact the prices of materials purchased outside of the U.S. and include goods in transit as well as increasing the price of domestically sourced materials, including, in particular, steel and aluminum. Impositions of tariffs by other countries could also impact pricing and availability of raw materials. As another example, as global demand for key chemicals increases, the limited number of suppliers and investment in greater supply capacity drives increased global pricing. Additionally, anti-dumping and countervailing duty trade cases, such as the January 8, 2020, Coalition of American Millwork Producers’ anti-dumping petitions on imports of wood moldings and millwork products from Brazil and China and a countervailing duty petition on imports of wood moldings and millwork products from China, could impact our business and results of operations. While we believe our exposure to the potential increased costs of these tariffs and duties is no greater than the industry as a whole, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected if our efforts to mitigate their effects are unsuccessful.
We have short-term supply contracts with certain of our largest suppliers that limit our exposure to short term fluctuations in prices and availability of our materials, but we are susceptible to longer-term fluctuations in prices. We generally do not, but may in the future, hedge against commodity price fluctuations. Significant increases in the prices of raw materials for finished goods,
26


Back to top
including as a result of significant or protracted material shortages due to pandemic or otherwise, may be difficult to pass through to customers and may negatively impact our profitability and net revenues. We may attempt to modify products that use certain raw materials, but these changes may not be successful.
Our business may be affected by delays or interruptions in the delivery of raw materials, finished goods, and certain component parts. A supply shortage or delivery chain interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We rely upon regular deliveries of raw materials, finished goods, and certain component parts. For certain raw materials that are used in our products, we depend on a single or limited number of suppliers for our materials, and we typically do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. If we are not able to accurately forecast our supply needs, our limited number of suppliers may make it difficult to quickly obtain additional raw materials to respond to shifting or increased demand. In addition, a supply shortage could occur as a result of unanticipated increases in market demand, including as a result of accelerated demand in reaction to the threat of tariffs or trade restrictions; difficulties in production or delivery, including insufficient energy supply; financial difficulties; or catastrophic events in the supply chain. Furthermore, because our products and the components of some of our products are subject to regulation, changes to these regulations could cause delays in delivery of raw materials, finished goods, and certain component parts.
We have experienced impacts to our supply chain as a result of COVID-19, which have resulted in delays receiving materials, manufacturing downtime, increased backlogs, and delayed out-bound freight. While we primarily source raw materials within the region, we rely on internationally sourced goods in order to manage our supply chain constraints. Due to ocean freight capacity issues, we have experienced increased prices per shipping container and additional shipping related fees.
Until we can make acceptable arrangements with alternate suppliers, any interruption or disruption could impact our ability to ship orders on time and could idle some of our manufacturing capability for those products. This could result in a loss of revenues, reduced margins, and damage to our relationships with customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Increases in labor costs, potential labor disputes, and work stoppages at our facilities or the facilities of our suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our financial performance is affected by the availability of qualified personnel and the cost of labor. As of December 31, 2021, we had over 24,700 employees worldwide, including approximately 12,300 employees in the U.S. and Canada. Approximately 1,110, or 9%, of our employees in the U.S. and Canada are unionized workers, and the majority of our workforce in other countries belong to work councils or are otherwise subject to labor agreements. U.S. and Canada employees represented by these unions are subject to collective bargaining agreements that are subject to periodic negotiation and renewal. If we are unable to enter into new, satisfactory labor agreements with our unionized employees upon expiration of their agreements, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations, which could cause us to be unable to deliver products to customers on a timely basis. Such disruptions could result in a loss of business and an increase in our operating expenses, which could reduce our net revenues and profit margins. In addition, our non-unionized labor force may become subject to labor union organizing efforts, which could cause us to incur additional labor costs and increase the related risks that we now face.
We believe many of our direct and indirect suppliers also have unionized workforces. Strikes, work stoppages, or slowdowns experienced by suppliers could result in slowdowns or closures of facilities where components of our products are manufactured or delivered. Any interruption in the production or delivery of these components could reduce sales, increase costs, and have a material adverse effect on us.
Our pension plan obligations are currently not fully funded, and we may have to make significant cash payments to these plans, which would reduce the cash available for our businesses.
Although we have closed our U.S. pension plan to new participants and have frozen future benefit accruals for current participants, we continue to have unfunded obligations under that plan. The funded levels of our pension plan depend upon many factors, including returns on invested assets, certain market interest rates, and the discount rate used to determine pension obligations. The projected benefit obligation and unfunded liability included in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2021 for our U.S. pension plan were approximately $445.3 million and $26.3 million, respectively. Unfavorable returns on the plan assets or unfavorable changes in applicable laws or regulations could materially change the timing and amount of required plan funding, which would reduce the cash available for our operations. In addition, a decrease in the discount rate used to determine pension obligations could increase the estimated value of our pension obligations, which would affect the reported funding status of our pension plans and would require us to increase the amounts of future contributions. Additionally, we have foreign defined benefit plans, some of which continue to be open to new participants. As of December 31, 2021, our foreign defined benefit plans had unfunded pension liabilities of approximately $40.7 million and overfunded pension assets of approximately $2.1 million.
Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or “ERISA”, the U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or the “PBGC”, also has the authority to terminate an underfunded tax-qualified U.S. pension plan under certain
27


Back to top
circumstances. In the event our tax-qualified U.S. pension plans were terminated by the PBGC, we could be liable to the PBGC for an amount that exceeds the underfunding disclosed in our consolidated financial statements. In addition, because our U.S. pension plan has unfunded obligations, if we have a substantial cessation of operations at a U.S. facility and, as a result of such cessation of operations an event under ERISA Section 4062(e) is triggered, additional liabilities that exceed the amounts disclosed in our consolidated financial statements could arise, including an obligation for us to provide additional contributions or alternative security for a period of time after such an event occurs. Any such action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Risks Relating to Cybersecurity and Data Privacy
We are highly dependent on information technology, the disruption of which could significantly impede our ability to do business.
Our operations depend on our network of information technology systems, which are vulnerable to damage from hardware failure, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, and impacts of terrorism, natural disasters, or other disasters. We rely on our information technology systems to accurately maintain books and records, record transactions, provide information to management and prepare our financial statements. We may not have sufficient redundant operations to cover a loss or failure in a timely manner. Any damage to our information technology systems could cause interruptions to our operations that materially adversely affect our ability to meet customers’ requirements, resulting in an adverse impact to our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Periodically, these systems need to be expanded, updated, or upgraded as our business needs change. We may not be able to successfully implement changes in our information technology systems without experiencing difficulties, which could require significant financial and human resources. Moreover, our increasing dependence on technology may exacerbate this risk.
We are implementing new systems, including a new ERP system, as part of our ongoing technology and process improvements. If these new systems prove ineffective, we may be unable to timely or accurately prepare financial reports, make payments to our suppliers and employees, or invoice and collect from our customers.
We are implementing new systems, including our continued implementation of a new ERP system, as part of our ongoing technology and process improvements. This ERP system will provide a standardized method of accounting for, among other things, order entry and inventory and should enhance our ability to implement our strategic initiatives. Failure to properly plan and design the ERP system could result in future impairments relating to a portion or all associated capitalized costs. Any delay in the implementation, or disruption in the upgrade, of these systems could adversely affect our ability to timely and accurately report financial information, including the filing of our quarterly or annual reports with the SEC. Such delay or disruption could also impact our ability to timely or accurately make payments to our suppliers and employees and could also inhibit our ability to invoice and collect from our customers. Data integrity problems or other issues may be discovered which could impact our business, accuracy of our reporting, or financial results. In addition, we may experience periodic or prolonged disruption of our financial functions arising out of this conversion, general use of such systems, other periodic upgrades or updates, or other external factors that are outside of our control. If we encounter unforeseen problems with our financial system or related systems and infrastructure, our business, operations, and financial systems could be adversely affected. We may also need to implement additional systems or transition to other new systems that require further expenditures in order to function effectively as a public company. There can be no assurance that our implementation of additional systems or transition to new systems will be successful, or that such implementation or transition will not present unforeseen costs or demands on our management.
Our systems and IT infrastructure may be subject to security breaches and other cybersecurity incidents.
We rely on the accuracy, capacity, and security of digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure, and cloud applications, some of which are managed or hosted by third party service providers, and the sale of our products may involve the transmission and/or storage of data, including in certain instances customers’ and employees’ business and personally identifiable information. Maintaining the security of computers, computer networks, and data storage resources is a critical issue for us and our customers, as security breaches, including computer viruses and malware, denial of service actions, misappropriation of data and similar events through the interest, including via devices and applications connected to the internet, and through email attachments and persons with access to these information systems could result in vulnerabilities and loss of and/or unauthorized access to confidential information. If our IT systems or those managed or hosted by third party service providers are breached, or cease to function as anticipated, we could suffer interruptions or inefficiencies in our operations or misappropriation of proprietary or confidential information, including personal information.
We have experienced and may in the future face attempts by experienced hackers, cybercriminals, or others with authorized access to our systems to misappropriate our proprietary information and technology, interrupt our business, and/or gain unauthorized access to confidential information. The reliability and security of our information technology infrastructure and software, and our ability to expand and continually update technologies in response to our changing needs is critical to our business. To the extent that any disruptions or security breaches result in a loss or damage to our data or our third partying service providers’, it could cause harm to our reputation or brand and could potentially cause production downtimes, operational delays, and other detrimental impacts on our
28


Back to top
operations. This could lead some customers to stop purchasing our products and reduce or delay future purchases of our products or use competing products.
In addition, we could face enforcement actions by U.S. states, the U.S. federal government, or foreign governments, which could result in fines, penalties, and/or other liabilities, which may cause us to incur legal fees and costs, and/or additional costs associated with responding to the cyberattack. Increased regulation regarding cybersecurity may increase our costs of compliance, including fines and penalties, as well as costs of cybersecurity audits and associated repairs or updates to infrastructure, physical systems or data processing systems. Any of these actions could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations. Although we maintain insurance coverage to protect us against some of the risks, those policies may be insufficient to cover all losses or all types of claims that may arise in the event we experience a cybersecurity incident, data breach or disruption, unauthorized access, or failure of systems.
In addition, we are subject to state, foreign, and international laws and regulations, as well as contractual obligations, that apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal data. These privacy and data-protection related laws and regulations are evolving, with new or modified laws and regulations proposed and implemented frequently and existing laws and regulations subject to new or different interpretations. In particular, the E.U. General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which became effective in 2018, poses increased compliance challenges both for companies operating within the E.U. and non-E.U. companies that administer or process certain personal data of E.U. residents. It is not possible to predict the ultimate content, and therefore effect, of data protection regulation over time, and efforts to comply with evolving regulation may result in additional costs.
We believe we have invested in industry-appropriate protections and monitoring practices for our data and information technology to reduce these risks and continue to monitor our systems on an ongoing basis for compliance with applicable privacy regulations and any current or potential threats. While we have not experienced any material breaches in security in our recent history, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent breakdowns or breaches to databases or systems that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, or that we will be subject to enforcement actions or penalties in connection with a failure or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws.
Risks Relating to our Governmental and Regulatory Environment
Changes in building codes and standards, including ENERGY STAR standards, could increase the cost of our products, lower the demand for our windows and doors, or otherwise adversely affect our business.
Our products and markets are subject to extensive and complex local, state, federal and foreign statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations. These mandates, including building design and safety and construction standards and zoning requirements, affect the cost, selection, and quality requirements of building components like windows and doors.
These regulations often provide broad discretion to governmental authorities as to the types and quality specifications of products used in new residential and non-residential construction and home renovations and improvement projects, and different governmental authorities can impose different standards. Compliance with these standards and changes in such regulations may increase the costs of manufacturing our products or may reduce the demand for certain of our products in the affected geographical areas or product markets. Conversely, a decrease in product safety standards could reduce demand for our more modern products if less expensive alternatives that did not meet higher standards became available for use in that market. All or any of these changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In addition, in order for our products to obtain the “ENERGY STAR” certification, they must meet certain requirements set by the EPA. Changes in the energy efficiency requirements established by the EPA for the ENERGY STAR label could increase our costs, and a lapse in our ability to label our products as such or to comply with the new standards, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Domestic and foreign governmental regulations applicable to general business operations could increase the costs of operating our business and adversely affect our business.
We are subject to a variety of regulations from U.S. and foreign governmental authorities relating to wage requirements, employee benefits, and other workplace matters. Changes in local minimum or living wage requirements, rights of employees to unionize, healthcare regulations, and other requirements relating to employee benefits could increase our labor costs, which would in turn increase our cost of doing business. In addition, our international operations are subject to laws applicable to foreign operations, trade protection measures, foreign labor relations, differing intellectual property rights, privacy regulations, other legal and regulatory constraints, and currency regulations of the countries or regions in which we currently operate or where we may operate in the future. These factors may restrict the sales of, or increase costs of, manufacturing and selling our products.
29


Back to top
We may be subject to significant compliance costs, as well as liabilities under environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations.
Our past and present operations, assets, and products are subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations at the federal, state, and local level worldwide. These laws regulate, among other things, air emissions, the discharge or release of materials into the environment, the handling and disposal of wastes, remediation of contaminated sites, worker health and safety, and the impact of products on human health and safety and the environment. Under certain of these laws, liability for contaminated property may be imposed on current or former owners or operators of the property or on parties that generated or arranged for waste sent to the property for disposal. Liability under these laws may be joint and several and may be imposed without regard to fault or the legality of the activity giving rise to the contamination. Notwithstanding our compliance efforts, we may still face material liability, limitations on our operations, fines, or penalties for violations of environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, including releases of regulated materials and contamination by us or previous occupants at our current or former properties or at offsite disposal locations we use.
The applicable environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, and any changes to them or in their enforcement, may require us to make material expenditures with respect to ongoing compliance with or remediation under these laws and regulations or require that we modify our products or processes in a manner that increases our costs and/or reduces our profitability. For example, additional pollution control equipment, process changes, or other environmental control measures may be needed at some of our facilities to meet future requirements. In addition, discovery of currently unknown or unanticipated soil or groundwater conditions at our properties could result in significant liabilities and costs. Accordingly, we are unable to predict the exact future costs of compliance with or liability under environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations.
We may be subject to significant compliance costs with respect to legislative and regulatory proposals to restrict emissions of GHGs and other sustainability initiatives.
Various legislative, regulatory, and inter-governmental proposals to restrict emissions of GHGs, such as carbon dioxide (“CO2), are under consideration by governmental legislative bodies and regulators in the jurisdictions where we operate. In the U.S., the EPA adopted the Affordable Clean Energy Rule, or “ACE”, in June 2019, which repealed the previously adopted Clean Power Plan and was expected to be significantly less burdensome for producers of energy than the requirements of the Clean Power Plan. As a result, certain states have adopted or may adopt more stringent regulations governing emissions of GHGs. In January 2021, the D.C. Circuit vacated the ACE rule, enabling the opportunity for a new federal rule to be adopted. In addition, many other jurisdictions in which we operate have continued to commit to limiting emissions of GHGs, most prominently through an agreement reached in Paris in December 2015 at the 21st Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. The Paris Agreement sets out a new process for achieving global GHG reductions.
As some of our manufacturing facilities operate boilers or other process equipment that emit GHGs, such regulatory and global initiatives may require us to modify our operating procedures or production levels, incur capital expenditures, change fuel sources, or take other actions that may adversely affect our financial results.
Both Houses of the United States Congress have considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs. The November 2021 bipartisan infrastructure bill does not impose GHG emission reductions, but it provides measures of protection against climate change disasters, including investments in clean energy. Given the high degree of uncertainty about the ultimate parameters of any such regulatory or global initiatives, and the degree to which the U.S. will participate in initiatives at the federal or global level, we cannot predict at this time the ultimate impact of such initiatives on our operations or financial results.
Increasing regulations to reduce GHG emissions, as proposed throughout many of our operating regions, would be expected to increase energy costs, increase price volatility for fossil fuels and petroleum, and reduce petroleum production levels, which in turn could impact the prices of those raw materials. In addition, laws and regulations relating to forestry practices limit the volume and manner of harvesting timber to mitigate environmental impacts, such as deforestation, soil erosion, damage to riparian areas, and GHG levels. The extent of these regulations and related compliance costs has grown in recent years and will increase our materials costs and may increase other aspects of our production costs.
Changes to legislative and regulatory policies that currently promote home ownership may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our markets are also affected by legislative and regulatory policies, such as U.S. tax rules, allowing for deductions of mortgage interest and the mandate of government-sponsored entities like Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae to promote home ownership through mortgage guarantees on certain types of home loans. The Tax Act passed in the U.S. in December 2017 made significant changes to some of these historical benefits of home ownership. The specific changes which could affect our markets are, among others, a reduction of the maximum amount of home mortgage indebtedness for which a tax deduction for interest paid may be claimed, an elimination of the deduction for interest paid on home equity indebtedness, and a limitation on the amount of state and local taxes allowed to be deducted annually as itemized deductions. These changes to the tax code and any future policy changes may
30


Back to top
adversely impact demand for our products and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Lack of transparency, threat of fraud, public sector corruption, and other forms of criminal activity involving government officials increases the risk of potential liability under anti-bribery/anti-corruption or anti-fraud legislation, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and similar laws and regulations.
We operate manufacturing and distribution facilities in 19 countries and sell our products in approximately 100 countries around the world. As a result of the international nature of our operations, we may enter from time to time into negotiations and contractual arrangements with parties affiliated with foreign governments and their officials in the ordinary course of business. In connection with these activities, we may be subject to anti-corruption laws in various jurisdictions, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the “FCPA”, the U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-bribery laws applicable to jurisdictions where we do business that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign government officials and political parties and others for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, or otherwise receiving discretionary favorable treatment of any kind, and require the maintenance of internal controls to prevent such payments. In particular, we may be held liable for actions taken by agents in foreign countries where we operate, even though such parties are not always subject to our control. We have established anti-bribery/anti-corruption policies and procedures and offer several channels for raising concerns in an effort to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to us. However, there can be no assurance that our policies and procedures will effectively prevent us from violating these laws and regulations in every transaction in which we may engage. Allegations of violations of the FCPA or other anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws may result in internal, independent, or government investigations. Any determination that we have violated the FCPA or other anti-bribery/anti-corruption laws (whether directly or through acts of others, intentionally or through inadvertence) could result in severe criminal and civil sanctions and other liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, and results of operations.
As we continue to expand our business globally, including through foreign acquisitions, we may have difficulty anticipating and effectively managing these and other risks that our international operations may face, which may adversely impact our business outside of the U.S. and our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any acquisition of businesses with operations outside of the U.S. may exacerbate this risk.
The U.K.’s withdrawal from the E.U. could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
In June 2016, the U.K. electorate voted in a referendum to voluntarily depart from the E.U., known as “Brexit”. Following the formation of a majority Conservative government in December 2019, the U.K. approved the withdrawal agreement and left the E.U. on January 31, 2020. On December 31, 2020, the U.K. passed legislation giving effect to a trade and cooperation agreement, with the E.U. and became effective May 2021. The trade and cooperation agreement covers the general objectives and framework of the relationship between the U.K. and the E.U., including as it relates to trade, transport, visas, judicial, law enforcement and security matters, and provides for continued participation in community programs and mechanisms for dispute resolution. The final outcome of Brexit negotiations could impair the ability of our operations in the E.U. to transact business in the future in the U.K., as well as the ability of our U.K. operations to transact business in the future in the E.U.
Volatility associated with Brexit could continue to adversely affect European and worldwide economic conditions and may contribute to greater instability in the global financial markets. Among other things, Brexit could reduce consumer spending in the U.K. and the E.U., which could result in decreased demand for our products within these regions. Similarly, housing sales and home values in the U.K. and in the E.U. could be negatively impacted and Brexit could also influence foreign currency exchange rates. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we derived 4% of our net revenues from the U.K. where our Europe headquarters is located. As a result, the ultimate effects of Brexit could inhibit the growth of our business and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Changes in legislation, regulation, and government policy, including as a result of U.S. presidential and congressional elections, may have a material adverse effect on our business in the future.
We cannot predict the impact that may result from changes in the federal or administrative landscape under the Biden Administration and U.S. Congress officials. While it is not possible to predict whether and when any such changes will occur, changes at the local, state, and federal level could significantly impact our business. Specific legislative and regulatory proposals that could have a material impact on us include, but are not limited to: infrastructure renewal programs, changes to immigration policy, modifications to international trade policy, including renegotiation of or withdrawal from trade agreements, the imposition of tariffs or trade restrictions, and changes to financial legislation and public company reporting requirements.
During 2021, U.S. lawmakers have proposed substantial changes to U.S. fiscal and tax policies, which introduce a variety of tax reforms that significantly impact U.S. taxation of multi-national corporations. These include, among others, increases in the U.S. corporate tax rate, additional limitation on the deductibility of interest, and changes to the international tax system, including country-
31


Back to top
by-country restriction on foreign tax credits. If such legislation is enacted, it may have a material adverse impact to our tax rate, and in turn, our profitability.
Changes in accounting standards, new interpretations of existing standards and subjective assumptions, estimates, and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results or financial condition.
GAAP and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, such as revenue recognition, asset impairment, impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, inventories, lease obligations, pensions, self-insurance, tax matters, and litigation, are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates, and judgments. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates, or judgments could significantly change our reported results.
Risks Relating to our Indebtedness
Our failure to comply with the credit agreements governing our Credit Facilities and indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes, including as a result of events beyond our control, could trigger events of default and acceleration of our indebtedness. Defaults under our debt agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
If there were an event of default under the credit agreements governing our Credit Facilities, the indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes, or other indebtedness that we may incur, the holders of the defaulted indebtedness could cause all amounts outstanding with respect to that indebtedness to be immediately due and payable. It is likely that our cash flows would not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our Credit Facilities and principal amounts of the Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes, if accelerated upon an event of default. If we are unable to repay, refinance, or restructure our secured debt, the holders of such indebtedness may proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness.
Furthermore, any event of default or declaration of acceleration under one debt instrument may also result in an event of default under one or more of our other debt instruments. In exacerbated or prolonged circumstances, one or more of these events could result in our bankruptcy or liquidation. Accordingly, any default by us on our debt could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial flexibility and our competitive position.
    Financial information regarding our indebtedness is included in Note 11 - Long-Term Debt to our financial statements included in this 10-K.
Our level of indebtedness increases the risk that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay amounts due in respect of our indebtedness and could have other material consequences, including:
limiting our ability to obtain financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other general corporate purposes;
requiring us to use a substantial portion of our available cash flow to service our debt, which will reduce the amount of cash flow available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes;
increasing our vulnerability to general economic downturns and adverse industry conditions;
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and in our industry in general;
limiting our ability to invest in and develop new products;
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged, as we may be less capable of responding to adverse economic conditions, general economic downturns, and adverse industry conditions;
restricting the way we conduct our business because of financial and operating covenants in the agreements governing our existing and future indebtedness;
increasing the risk of our failing to satisfy our obligations with respect to borrowings outstanding under our Credit Facilities, Senior Notes, and Senior Secured Notes and/or being able to comply with the financial and operating covenants contained in our debt instruments, which could result in an event of default under the credit agreements governing our Credit Facilities and the agreements governing our other debt, including the indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes, that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations; and
increasing our cost of borrowing.
32


Back to top
The credit agreements governing our Credit Facilities and the indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us that may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.
The credit agreements governing our Credit Facilities and the indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions limit our ability, among other things, to:
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;
make certain loans, investments, or restricted payments, including dividends to our shareholders;
repurchase or redeem capital stock;
engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
sell certain assets (including stock of subsidiaries) or merge with or into other companies; and
create or incur liens.
Under the terms of the ABL Facility, we will at times be required to comply with a specified fixed charge coverage ratio when the amount of certain unrestricted cash balances of the U.S. and Canadian loan parties plus the amount available for borrowing by the U.S. borrowers and Canadian borrowers is less than a specified amount. The Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility also contains financial maintenance covenants. Our ability to meet the specified covenants could be affected by events beyond our control, and our failure to meet these covenants will result in an event of default as defined in the applicable facility.
In addition, our ability to borrow under the ABL Facility is limited by the amount of the borrowing base applicable to U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar borrowings. Any negative impact on the elements of our borrowing base, such as eligible accounts receivable and inventory, will reduce our borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility. Moreover, the ABL Facility provides discretion to the agent bank acting on behalf of the lenders to impose additional requirements on what accounts receivable and inventory may be counted toward the borrowing base availability and to impose other reserves, which could materially impair the amount of borrowings that would otherwise be available to us. There can be no assurance that the agent bank will not impose such reserves or, were it to do so, that the resulting impact of this action would not materially and adversely impair our liquidity.
As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we are limited in how we conduct our business, and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities or engage in other activities that may be in our long-term best interests. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, we may be unable to obtain waivers from the lenders or amend the covenants.
We require a significant amount of liquidity to fund our operations, and borrowing may increase our vulnerability to negative unforeseen events.
Our liquidity needs vary throughout the year. If our business experiences materially negative unforeseen events, we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to fund our needs or maintain sufficient liquidity to operate and remain in compliance with our debt covenants, which could result in reduced or delayed purchases of raw materials, planned capital expenditures, and other investments and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. Our ability to borrow under the ABL Facility may be limited due to decreases in the borrowing base as described above.
Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock
The market price of our Common Stock may be highly volatile.
Our Common Stock has only been listed for public trading since January 27, 2017. As of December 31, 2021, the price of our Common Stock since the date of our IPO, as reported by the NYSE, has ranged from an intraday high of $42.27 to an intraday low of $6.06. The trading price of our Common Stock may continue to be volatile. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as other general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our shares in spite of our operating performance. The following factors may have a significant impact on the market price of our Common Stock:
negative trends in global economic conditions or activity levels in our end markets;
increases in interest rates used to finance home construction and improvements;
our ability to compete effectively against our competitors;
changes in consumer needs, expectations, or trends;
our ability to maintain our relationships with key customers;
our ability to implement our business strategy;
33


Back to top
our ability to complete and integrate new acquisitions;
variations in the prices of raw materials used to manufacture our products;
adverse changes in building codes and standards or governmental regulations applicable to general business operations;
product liability claims or product recalls;
any legal actions in which we may become involved, including disputes relating to our intellectual property;
our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled staff;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;
trading volume of our Common Stock;
sales of our Common Stock by us, our executive officers and directors, or our shareholders in the future; and
general economic and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the U.S. equity markets.
In addition, broad market and industry factors, including the trading prices of the securities of our publicly traded competitors, may negatively affect the market price of our Common Stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and factors beyond our control may cause our stock price to decline rapidly and unexpectedly. Furthermore, the stock market has experienced extreme volatility that, in some cases, has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies.
Publishing earnings guidance subjects us to risks, including increased stock volatility, that could lead to potential lawsuits by investors.
Because we publish earnings guidance, we are subject to a number of risks. Actual results may vary significantly from the guidance we provide investors from time to time, such that our stock price may decline following, among other things, any earnings release or guidance that does not meet market expectations. It has become increasingly commonplace for investors to file lawsuits against companies following a rapid decrease in market capitalization. We may be named in these types of lawsuits. These types of lawsuits can be costly and divert management attention and other resources away from our business, regardless of their merits, and could result in adverse settlements or judgments.
Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our shareholders and may prevent attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management.
Provisions in our Charter and our Bylaws, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the “DGCL”, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our shareholders, including transactions in which shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. Our Charter and Bylaws currently provide for the following, among other things:
our Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, or repeal our Bylaws;
our Board of Directors can issue blank check preferred stock to increase the number of outstanding shares and potentially discourage a takeover attempt; and
advance notice for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at shareholder meetings.
We have also opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to some exceptions, prohibits business combinations between a Delaware corporation and an interested shareholder, which is generally defined as a shareholder who becomes a beneficial owner of 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock for a three-year period following the date that the shareholder became an interested shareholder. At some time in the future, we may again be governed by Section 203. Section 203 could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control that our shareholders might consider to be in their best interests.
These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay, or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those you desire.
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.
Our share price may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our
34


Back to top
business, financial condition, and results of operations. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities and may negatively impact our share price.
If securities or industry analysts cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they adversely change their recommendations or publish negative reports regarding our business or our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our Common Stock can be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts, and we cannot provide any assurance that analysts will cover us or provide favorable coverage. If any of the analysts who may cover us adversely change their recommendation regarding our stock, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price could decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our shares of Common Stock, shareholders must rely on appreciation of the value of our Common Stock for any return on their investment.
We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation, and expansion of our business and have no current plans to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our Credit Facilities, Senior Notes, Senior Secured Notes, and any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, we expect that only appreciation of the price of our Common Stock, if any, will provide a return to shareholders for the foreseeable future.
Our Charter provides, subject to limited exceptions, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for certain disputes between us and our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.
Our Charter provides, unless we consent to an alternative forum, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action or proceeding asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owned by any director or officer to us or our shareholders, any action or proceedings asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL or our Charter or Bylaws, or any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This provision may limit a shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the provision contained in our Charter to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, we rely on dividends, distributions, and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries, and we could be harmed if such distributions were not made in the future.
We are a holding company that conducts all of our operations through subsidiaries and the majority of our operating income is derived from JWI, our main operating subsidiary. Consequently, we rely on dividends or advances from our subsidiaries. We have no current plans to declare or pay dividends on our Common Stock for the foreseeable future; however, to the extent that we determine in the future to pay dividends on our Common Stock, none of our subsidiaries will be obligated to make funds available to us for the payment of dividends. The ability of such subsidiaries to pay dividends to us is subject to applicable local law and may be limited due to terms of other contractual arrangements, including our indebtedness. Such laws and restrictions would restrict our ability to continue operations. In addition, Delaware law may impose requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends to holders of our Common Stock.

Item 1B - Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

35


Back to top

Item 2 - Properties

Our principal executive office is located in Charlotte, North Carolina. We also own other properties, including sales offices, closed facilities, and administrative office space in Klamath Falls, Oregon, which we own, and lease properties in Charlotte, North Carolina; Birmingham, U.K.; and Sydney, Australia.
ManufacturingDistribution
North America
United States469
Canada42
St. Kitts1
Mexico1
5112
Europe
United Kingdom51
France2
Austria3
Czech Republic1
Switzerland1
Hungary1
Germany41
Sweden2
Denmark3
Latvia3
Estonia3
Finland3
312
Australasia
Australia334
Indonesia2
Malaysia2
374
Total JELD-WEN11918
36


Back to top

Item 3 - Legal Proceedings
    Information relating to this item is included within Note 24 - Commitments and Contingencies of our financial statements included elsewhere in this 10-K.

Item 4 - Mine Safety Disclosures.

    Not applicable.


37


Back to top
PART II
Item 5 - Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information and Holders
Our Common Stock has been listed and traded on the NYSE under the symbol “JELD” since January 27, 2017. Prior to that time, there was no public trading market for our stock. As of February 17, 2022, there were approximately 1,362 shareholders of record of our Common Stock. The number of record holders does not include a substantially greater number of holders whose shares are held of record in nominee or “street name” accounts through banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph depicts the total return to shareholders from January 27, 2017, the date our Common Shares became listed on the NYSE, through December 31, 2021, relative to the performance of the Standard & Poor's 500 Index and the Standard & Poor's 1500 Building Products Index. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in our Common Stock and each index on January 27, 2017, and the reinvestment of dividends paid since that date. The stock performance shown in the graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.
jeld-20211231_g4.jpg
*$100 invested on 1/27/17 in stock or 12/31/16 in index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ended December 31.

Copyright© 2022 Standard & Poor's, a division of S&P Global. All rights reserved.
1/27/201712/31/201712/31/201812/31/201912/31/202012/31/2021
JELD-WEN Holding, Inc.$100.00$150.73$54.40$89.62$97.09$100.92
S&P 500$100.00$121.83$116.49$153.17$181.35$233.41
S&P 1500 Building Products Index$100.00$110.00$86.71$123.14$173.84$260.59

38


Back to top
Equity Compensation Plans
    See Item 12- Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters for the information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K regarding equity compensation plans.
Dividends
    We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our Common Stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain future earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of debt. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable laws, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.
The terms of the agreements governing our existing or future indebtedness may limit our ability to pay dividends and make distributions to our shareholders. Our business is conducted through our subsidiaries and dividends from, and cash generated by, our subsidiaries will be our principal sources of cash to repay indebtedness, fund operations, and pay any dividends. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders is dependent on the earnings and distributions of funds from our subsidiaries (which distributions may be restricted by the terms of our Corporate Credit Facilities, Senior Secured Notes, and Senior Notes).
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
A summary of our repurchases of Common Stock during the fourth quarter of 2021 is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
(a)(b)(c)(d)
PeriodTotal Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased
Average Price Paid Per Share (or Unit) 1
Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares (or Units) That May Yet Be Purchased Under The Plans or Programs 2
September 26, 2021 - October 23, 2021$—$178,906
October 24, 2021 - November 20, 2021690,000$26.79690,000$160,421
November 21, 2021 - December 31, 20211,124,199$25.191,124,199$132,105
Total
1,814,199$25.801,814,199

Average price paid per share includes costs associated with the repurchases.

2 In July 2021, the Board of Directors increased the remaining authorization to a total of $400.0 million with no expiration date.
Item 6 - [Reserved]
Not applicable.
39


Back to top
Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
This MD&A contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Forward-Looking Statements” in Item 1- Business and Item 1A- Risk Factors in this Form 10-K for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our historical financial statements and related notes thereto and the other disclosures contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The results of operations for the periods reflected herein are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for future periods, and our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those listed under Item 1A- Risk Factors and included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
This MD&A is a supplement to our financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this 10-K and is provided to enhance your understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. Our discussion of results of operations is presented in millions throughout the MD&A and due to rounding may not sum or calculate precisely to the totals and percentages provided in the tables. Our MD&A is organized as follows:
Company Overview. This section provides a general description of our Company and reportable segments, business and industry trends, our key business strategies and background information on other matters discussed in this MD&A.
Consolidated Results of Operations and Operating Results by Business Segment. This section provides our analysis and outlook for the significant line items on our consolidated statements of operations, as well as other information that we deem meaningful to an understanding of our results of operations on both a consolidated basis and a business segment basis.
Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section contains an overview of our financing arrangements and provides an analysis of trends and uncertainties affecting liquidity, cash requirements for our business, and sources and uses of our cash.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section discusses the accounting policies that we consider important to the evaluation and reporting of our financial condition and results of operations, and whose application requires significant judgments or a complex estimation process.
Company Overview
We are a leading global provider of windows, doors, wall systems, and other building products. We design, produce, and distribute an extensive range of interior and exterior doors, wood, vinyl, and aluminum windows, and related products for use in the new construction, R&R of residential homes, and, to a lesser extent, non-residential buildings.
We operate manufacturing and distribution facilities in 19 countries, located primarily in North America, Europe, and Australia. For many product lines, our manufacturing processes are vertically integrated, enhancing our range of capabilities, our ability to innovate, and our quality control as well as providing supply chain, transportation, and working capital savings.
Business Segments
Our business is organized in geographic regions to ensure integration across operations serving common end markets and customers. We have three reportable segments: North America, Europe, and Australasia. Financial information related to our business segments can be found in Note 14 - Segment Information of our financial statements included elsewhere in this 10-K.
Acquisitions and Divestitures
During 2021, the Company ceased the appeal process for its litigation with Steves & Sons, Inc. (“Steves”). As a result, we are required to divest the Company’s Towanda, PA operations (“Towanda”). Assuming customary closing conditions are met and subject to court approval, we believe the divestiture will occur within the next twelve months and qualifies for held for sale accounting and we have reclassified certain assets and liabilities to assets held for sale in the accompanying financial statements. The results of Towanda will continue to be reported within our North America operations until the divestiture is finalized.
For additional information on the Steves litigation and divestiture, see Note 24 - Commitments and Contingencies of our financial statements included elsewhere in this 10-K.
In March 2019, we acquired VPI Quality Windows, Inc., a leading manufacturer of vinyl windows, specializing in customized solutions for mid-rise multi-family, industrial, hospitality and commercial projects. VPI, headquartered in Spokane, Washington, with operations in Spokane, Washington and Statesville, North Carolina, is part of our North America segment and was acquired for $57.8 million in cash, net of cash acquired.
40


Back to top
Factors and Trends Affecting Our Business
Components of Net Revenues
The key components of our net revenues include core net revenues (which we define to include the impact of pricing and volume/mix, as discussed further under the heading, “Product Pricing and Volume/Mix” below), contribution from acquisitions made within the prior twelve months, and the impact of foreign exchange. Core net revenues reported in our financial statements are impacted by the fluctuating currency values in the geographies in which we operate, which we refer to as the impact from foreign exchange. Throughout this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, percentage changes in pricing are based on management schedules and are not derived directly from our accounting records.
Product Demand
General business, financial market, and economic conditions globally and in the regions where we operate influence overall demand in our end markets and for our products. In particular, the following factors may have a direct impact on demand for our products in the countries and regions where our products are marketed and sold: 
the strength of the economy;
employment rates and consumer confidence and spending rates;
the availability and cost of credit;
the amount and type of residential and non-residential construction;
housing sales and home values;
the age of existing home stock, home vacancy rates, and foreclosures;
interest rate fluctuations for our customers and consumers;
volatility in both debt and equity capital markets;
increases in the cost of raw materials or any shortage in supplies or labor, including as a result of tariffs or other trade restrictions;
the effects of governmental regulation and initiatives to manage economic conditions;
geographical shifts in population and other changes in demographics; and
changes in weather patterns.
In addition, we seek to drive demand for our products through the implementation of various strategies and initiatives. We believe we can enhance demand for our new and existing products by: 
innovating and developing new products and technologies;
investing in branding and marketing strategies, including marketing campaigns in both print and social media, as well as our investments in training centers and mobile training facilities; and
implementing channel initiatives to enhance our relationships with key channel partners and customers, including optimizing growth through rebate programs in North America.
Product Pricing and Volume/Mix
The price and mix of products that we sell are important drivers of our net revenues and net income. Under the heading “Results of Operations,” references to (i) “pricing” refer to the impact of price increases or decreases, as applicable, for particular products between periods based on demand and (ii) “volume/mix” refer to the combined impact of both the number of products we sell in a particular period and the types of products sold, in each case, on net revenues. While we operate in competitive markets, the demand for our innovative products allows us to exercise pricing discipline, which is an important element of our strategy to achieve profitable growth through improved margins. Our strategy also includes incentivizing our channel partners to sell our higher margin products, and we believe a renewed focus on innovation and the development of new technologies will increase our sales volumes and the overall profitability of our product mix.
41


Back to top
Cost Reduction Initiatives
Prior to the ongoing operational transformation being executed by our senior executive team, our operations were managed in a decentralized manner with varying degrees of emphasis on cost efficiency and limited focus on continuous improvement or strategic sourcing. Our senior management team has a proven track record of implementing operational excellence programs at some of the world’s leading industrial manufacturing businesses, and we believe the same successes can be realized at JELD-WEN. Key areas of focus of our operational excellence and footprint rationalization programs include:
reducing labor, overtime, and waste costs by reducing facility count while optimizing manufacturing capacity and improving planning and manufacturing processes;
reducing or minimizing increases in material costs through strategic global sourcing and value-added re-engineering of components, in part by leveraging our significant spend and the global nature of our purchases;
reducing warranty costs by improving quality; and
a JEM-enabled facility rationalization and modernization initiative that will reduce overhead costs and complexity, while increasing our overall capacity and improving our service levels.
We continue to implement our strategic initiatives under JEM to develop the culture and processes of operational excellence and continuous improvement. These cost reduction initiatives, which include plant closures and consolidations, headcount reductions, and other various initiatives aimed at lowering production and overhead costs, may not produce the intended results within the intended timeframe.
Raw Material Costs
    Commodities such as vinyl extrusions, glass, aluminum, wood, steel, plastics, fiberglass, and other composites are major components in the production of our products. Changes in the underlying prices of these commodities have a direct impact on the cost of goods sold. While we attempt to pass on a substantial portion of such cost increases to our customers, we may not be successful in doing so. In addition, our results of operations for individual quarters may be negatively impacted by a delay between the time of raw material cost increases and a corresponding price increase. Conversely, our results of operations for individual quarters may be positively impacted by a delay between the time of a raw material price decrease and a corresponding competitive pricing decrease.
Freight Costs
    We incur substantial freight and duty costs to third party logistics providers and port authorities to transport raw materials and work-in-process inventory to our manufacturing facilities and to deliver finished goods to our customers. Changes in freight and duty rates as well as the availability of freight services can have a significant impact on our cost of goods sold. Freight and duty costs have risen significantly due to a number of factors that have affected the supply and demand of trucking and port services, including increased regulation, such as data logging of miles, increases in general economic activity, labor shortages, and an aging workforce. We attempt to mitigate some of these cost increases through various internal initiatives and to pass a substantial portion of these increases to our customers; however, we may not realize the intended results within the intended timeframe.
Working Capital and Seasonality
Working capital, which is defined as accounts receivable plus inventory less accounts payable, fluctuates throughout the year and is affected by seasonality of sales of our products and of customer payment patterns. The peak season for home construction and remodeling in our North America and Europe segments, which represent the substantial majority of our revenues, generally corresponds with the second and third calendar quarters, and therefore our sales volume is usually higher during those quarters. Typically, working capital increases at the end of the first quarter and beginning of the second quarter in conjunction with, and in preparation for, our peak season, and working capital decreases starting in the third quarter as inventory levels and accounts receivable decline. Inventories fluctuate as we manage availability in our supply chain due to COVID-19 impacts and for some raw materials with long delivery lead times, such as steel, as we work through prior shipments and take delivery of new orders. Our working capital balances have been impacted by inflation in the current year due to rising costs in raw materials impacting both inventory and accounts payable as well as higher accounts receivable usages as a result of price realization across our product portfolio.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rates
We report our consolidated financial results in U.S. dollars. Due to our international operations, the weakening or strengthening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar can affect our reported operating results and our cash flows as we translate our foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements from their reporting currencies into U.S. dollars. The exchange rates used to translate our foreign subsidiaries’ financial results for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 reflected, on average, the U.S. dollar weakened against the Australian dollar, Canadian dollar, and Euro by 9%, 7% and 4%, respectively. See Item 1A- Risk Factors- Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry, Item 1A- Risk Factors- Exchange rate fluctuations may impact
42


Back to top
our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and Item 7A- Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk- Exchange Rate Risk.
Components of our Operating Results
Net Revenues
Our net revenues are a function of sales volumes and selling prices, each of which is a function of product mix, and consist primarily of:
sales of a wide variety of interior and exterior doors, including patio doors, for use in residential and non-residential applications, with and without frames, to a broad group of wholesale and retail customers in all of our geographic markets;
sales of a wide variety of windows for both residential and certain non-residential uses, to a broad group of wholesale and retail customers primarily in North America, Australia, and the U.K.; and
other sales, including sales of moldings, trim board, cut-stock, glass, stairs, hardware and locks, door skins, shower enclosures, wardrobes, window screens, and miscellaneous installation and other services revenue.
Net revenues do not include internal transfers of products between our component manufacturing, product manufacturing and assembly, and distribution facilities.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales consists primarily of material costs, direct labor and benefit costs, including payroll taxes, repair and maintenance, depreciation, utility, rent and warranty expenses, outbound freight, insurance and benefits, supervision and tax expenses.
Material Costs. The single largest component of cost of sales is material costs, which include raw materials, components, and finished goods purchased for use in manufacturing our products or for resale. Our most significant material costs include glass, wood, wood components, doors, door facings, door parts, hardware, vinyl extrusions, steel, fiberglass, packaging materials, adhesives, resins and other chemicals, core material, and aluminum extrusions. The cost of each of these items is impacted by global supply and demand trends, both within and outside our industry, as well as commodity price fluctuations, conversion costs, energy costs, and transportation costs. We have and may continue to experience inflation in our material costs, including increased costs for inbound freight, due to supply chain challenges as a result of COVID-19. The imposition of new tariffs on imports, new trade restrictions, or changes in tariff rates or trade restrictions may further impact material costs. See Item 7A- Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk- Raw Materials Risk.
Direct Labor and Benefit Costs. Direct labor and benefit costs reflect a combination of production hours, average headcount, general wage levels, payroll taxes, and benefits provided to employees. Direct labor and benefit costs include wages, overtime, payroll taxes, and benefits paid to hourly employees at our facilities that are involved in the production and/or distribution of our products. These costs are generally managed by each facility and headcount is adjusted according to overall and seasonal production demand. We run multi-shift operations in many of our facilities to maximize return on assets and utilization. Direct labor and benefit costs fluctuate with headcount, but generally tend to increase with inflation due to increases in wages and health benefit costs.
Repair and Maintenance, Depreciation, Utility, Rent, and Warranty Expenses.
Repairs and maintenance costs consist of equipment and facility maintenance expenses, purchases of maintenance supplies, and the labor costs involved in performing maintenance on our equipment and facilities.
Depreciation includes depreciation expense associated with our production assets and plants.
Rent is predominantly comprised of lease costs for facilities we do not own as well as vehicle fleet and equipment lease costs. Facility leases are typically multi-year and may include increases tied to certain measures of inflation.
Warranty expenses represent all costs related to servicing warranty claims and product issues and are mostly related to our window and door products sold in the U.S. and Canada.
Outbound Freight. Outbound freight includes payments to third-party carriers for shipments of orders to our customers, as well as driver, vehicle, and fuel expenses when we deliver orders to customers. The majority of our products are shipped by third-party carriers.
Insurance and Benefits, Supervision, and Tax Expenses.
Insurance and benefit costs are the expenses relating to our insurance programs, health benefits, retirement benefit programs (including the pension plan), and other benefits that are not included in direct labor and benefits costs.
43


Back to top
Supervision costs are the wages and bonus expenses related to plant managers. Both insurance and benefits and supervision expenses tend to be influenced by headcount and wage levels.
Tax costs are mostly payroll taxes for employees not included in direct labor and benefit costs, and property taxes. Tax expenses are impacted by changes in tax rates, headcount and wage levels, and the number and value of properties owned.
In addition, an appropriate portion of each of the insurance and benefits, supervision and tax expenses are allocated to SG&A expenses.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
SG&A expenses consist primarily of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses.
Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses related to research and development, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling and prototype materials, and overhead costs allocated to such expenses. Substantially all of our research and development expenses are related to developing new products and services and improving our existing products and services. To date, research and development expenses have been expensed as incurred, because the period between achieving technological feasibility and the release of products and services for sale has been short and development costs qualifying for capitalization have been insignificant.
We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to make significant investments in developing new products and enhancing existing products as part of our growth strategy.
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of advertising and marketing promotions of our products and services and related personnel expenses, as well as sales incentives, trade show and event costs, sponsorship costs, consulting and contractor expenses, travel, display expenses, and related amortization. Sales and marketing expenses are generally variable expenses. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to actively promote our products and services.
General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist of personnel expenses for our finance, legal, human resources, and administrative personnel, as well as the costs of professional services, any allocated overhead, information technology, amortization of intangible assets acquired, and other administrative expenses. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars to support future growth and the related infrastructure of our business.
Impairment and Restructuring Costs
Impairment and restructuring costs consist primarily of all salary-related severance benefits that are accrued and expensed when a restructuring plan has been put into place, the plan has received approval from the appropriate level of management and the benefit is probable and reasonably estimable. In addition to salary-related costs, we incur other restructuring costs when facilities are closed or capacity is realigned within the organization. Upon termination of an employment or commercial contract we record liabilities and expenses pursuant to the terms of the relevant agreement. For non-contractual restructuring activities, liabilities and expenses are measured and recorded at fair value in the period in which they are incurred.
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense, net, relates primarily to interest payments on our credit facilities and debt securities, as well as commitment fees and amortization of any original issue discount or debt issuance costs. Debt issuance costs are included as an offset to long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and are amortized to interest expense over the life of the applicable facility using the effective interest method. For additional details, see Note 11 - Long-Term Debt in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 included elsewhere in this 10-K.
Other Income, Net
Other income, net, includes profit and losses related to various miscellaneous non-operating expenses primarily relating to pension benefit income and expenses, governmental pandemic assistance reimbursements relating to COVID-19, legal settlement income, insurance reimbursements, loss on extinguishment of debt, gains and losses on sale of business units, property, and equipment, and certain foreign currency related gains and losses, including from our hedging activities used to mitigate foreign exchange impacts.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are recorded using the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the deferred tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
44


Back to top
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities due to a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the date of enactment. We recognize the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. We record interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2021, our U.S. federal, state, and foreign net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards were $1,560.6 million in the aggregate and $96.4 million of such NOL carryforwards do not expire. For additional details, see Note 13 - Income Taxes in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 included elsewhere in this 10-K.
Significant Developments
In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a global pandemic. In the following weeks, global restrictions, including stay at home and similar orders, were implemented in a significant number of countries in which we operate. We made, and continue to make, changes to our operations to ensure proper measures are in place for the health and safety of our employees and to satisfy the needs of our customers. We continue to experience intermittent closures and reduced operating capacity of certain manufacturing facilities, primarily due to local and governmental mandates.
During 2021, we continued to experience increased demand for our products in both residential and remodel channels due to the low residential housing supply, low interest rates, and consumers’ focus on their homes. In addition, we have and may continue to experience challenges throughout our operations relating to COVID-19, including increased inflation in our supply chain, as well as in raw materials, labor, and freight charges. We have experienced delays of inbound and outbound deliveries and labor availability issues due to quarantines, site access, and employee absences.
The scope and nature of impacts from COVID-19, most of which are beyond our control, continue to evolve, and the outcome is uncertain. The ultimate effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on us and the end markets we service, is highly uncertain and will depend on future developments. Such effects could exist for an extended period even after the pandemic ends.
Results of Operations
The tables in this section summarize key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated, both in U.S. dollars and as a percentage of our net revenues. Certain percentages presented in this section have been rounded to the nearest whole number. Accordingly, totals may not equal the sum of the line items in the tables below. We define core revenues as revenue excluding the impact of foreign exchange and acquisitions completed in the last twelve months.
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2021 to the Year Ended December 31, 2020
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(amounts in thousands)% of Net 
Revenues
% of Net 
Revenues
Net revenues$4,771,719 100.0 %$4,235,677 100.0 %
Cost of sales3,796,452 79.6 %3,333,770 78.7 %
Gross margin975,267 20.4 %901,907 21.3 %
Selling, general and administrative704,892 14.8 %702,715 16.6 %
Impairment and restructuring charges2,950 0.1 %10,469 0.2 %
Operating income267,425 5.6 %188,723 4.5 %
Interest expense, net77,566 1.6 %74,800 1.8 %
Other income(14,503)(0.3)%(2,752)(0.1)%
Income before taxes
204,362 4.3 %116,675 2.8 %
Income tax expense35,540 0.7 %25,089 0.6 %
Net income$168,822 3.5 %$91,586 2.2 %
Consolidated Results
Net Revenues – Net revenues increased $536.0 million, or 12.7%, to $4,771.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $4,235.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was due to an improvement in core revenues of 10% and a positive impact from foreign exchange of 3%. Core revenues increased due to a 7% benefit from pricing and favorable volume/mix of 3%.
45


Back to top
Gross Margin – Gross margin increased $73.4 million, or 8.1%, to $975.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $901.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. Gross margin as a percentage of net revenues was 20.4% in the year ended December 31, 2021 and 21.3% in the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in gross margin percentage was primarily due to the impact of inflation on material costs, freight, and labor compensation in the current period, partially offset by improved pricing, positive manufacturing variances, and favorable volume/mix.
SG&A Expense – SG&A expense increased $2.2 million, or 0.3%, to $704.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $702.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in SG&A expense was primarily due to the non-recurrence of certain savings from cost reduction measures implemented in 2020 in response to COVID-19, primarily related to salary and benefits, and the impact of inflation on compensation in the current period, partially offset by reduced variable compensation and litigation related expenses.
Impairment and Restructuring Charges – Impairment and restructuring charges decreased $7.5 million, or 71.8%, to $3.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $10.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. Charges incurred in 2021 primarily relate to ongoing restructuring projects within our Europe segment and asset impairment charges in North America. Charges incurred in 2020 primarily related to severance charges for ongoing restructuring projects across all segments as well as impairment charges primarily related to capitalized costs of certain ERP modules due to delays in implementation and uncertainty of their future use. For more information, refer to Note 19 - Impairment and Restructuring Charges to our consolidated financial statements included in this 10-K.
Interest Expense, Net – Interest expense, net, increased $2.8 million, or 3.7%, to $77.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $74.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to interest on our Senior Secured Notes issued in May 2020, partially offset by lower interest rates throughout 2021.
Other Income – Other income increased $11.8 million, or 427.0%, to $14.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $2.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. Other income in the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily consisted of foreign currency gains of $9.9 million and reimbursements from governmental pandemic assistance relating to COVID-19 and insurance and of $3.2 million, partially offset by a loss on sale or disposal of property and equipment of $2.0 million and a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.3 million. Other income in the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily consisted of foreign currency losses of $11.9 million and pension expense of $1.6 million, offset by reimbursements from governmental pandemic assistance relating to COVID-19 of $7.4 million, a gain on sale of property and equipment of $4.1 million, and insurance reimbursements of $1.4 million.
Income Taxes – Income tax expense increased $10.5 million, or 41.7%, to $35.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $25.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The effective tax rate in the year ended December 31, 2021 was 17.4% compared to 21.5% in the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in income tax expense in the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to an increase in income before taxes of $87.7 million, partially offset by a tax benefit from tax credits and GILTI HTE as well as a partial release of U.S. state valuation allowances. For more information, refer to Note 13 – Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements included in this 10-K.
46


Back to top
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2020 to the Year Ended December 31, 2019
December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
(dollars in thousands)% of Net 
Revenues
% of Net 
Revenues
Net revenues$4,235,677 100.0 %$4,289,761 100.0 %
Cost of sales3,333,770 78.7 %3,417,222 79.7 %
Gross margin901,907 21.3 %872,539 20.3 %
Selling, general and administrative702,715 16.6 %660,574 15.4 %
Impairment and restructuring charges10,469 0.2 %21,551 0.5 %
Operating income188,723 4.5 %190,414 4.4 %
Interest expense, net74,800 1.8 %71,778 1.7 %
Other income(2,752)(0.1)%(1,409)— %
Income before taxes116,675 2.8 %120,045 2.8 %
Income tax expense 25,089 0.6 %57,074 1.3 %
Net income$91,586 2.2 %$62,971 1.5 %
Consolidated Results
Net Revenues – Net revenues decreased $54.1 million, or 1.3%, to $4,235.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $4,289.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was driven by a decline in core revenue of 2% consisting of a 5% decline in volume/mix, partially offset by a 3% pricing benefit.
Gross Margin – Gross margin increased $29.4 million, or 3.4%, to $901.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $872.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. Gross margin as a percentage of net revenues was 21.3% in the year ended December 31, 2020 and 20.3% in the year ended December 31, 2019. Gross margins increased due to positive manufacturing variances and improved pricing, partially offset by unfavorable volume/mix and the effect of inflation on labor compensation.
SG&A Expense – SG&A expense increased $42.1 million, or 6.4%, to $702.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $660.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in SG&A expense was primarily due to increased legal expenses, primarily relating to litigation and environmental accruals and fees, and estimated variable compensation, partially offset by reductions in spending relating to sales, marketing, and travel as a result of cost saving measures implemented in response to COVID-19, and the non-recurrence of acquisition costs recorded in 2019.
Impairment and Restructuring Charges – Impairment and restructuring charges decreased $11.1 million, or 51.4%, to $10.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $21.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. Charges incurred in 2020 primarily related to severance charges for ongoing restructuring projects across all segments as well as impairment charges primarily related to capitalized costs of certain ERP modules due to delays in implementation and uncertainty of their future use. Charges incurred in 2019 primarily related to plant consolidations in our North America and Australasia segments resulting in impairments of ROU assets and property and equipment as well as severance costs across all segments and corporate. For more information, refer to Note 19 - Impairment and Restructuring Charges to our consolidated financial statements included in this 10-K.
Interest Expense, Net – Interest expense, net, increased $3.0 million, or 4.2%, to $74.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $71.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to interest on our Senior Secured Notes issued in May 2020, partially offset by reduced borrowings and interest rates under our revolving credit facilities and a lower cost of borrowing on our Term Loan Facility.
Other Income – Other income increased $1.3 million, or 95.3%, to $2.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The other income in the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily consisted of foreign currency losses of $11.9 million and pension expense of $1.6 million, offset by reimbursements from governmental pandemic assistance relating to COVID-19 of $7.4 million, a gain on sale or disposal of property and equipment of $4.1 million, and an insurance reimbursement of $1.4 million. Other income in the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to foreign currency gains of $7.4 million, a gain on the sale or disposal of business units, property and equipment of $1.5 million, and legal settlement income of $1.2 million, partially offset by pension expense of $10.7 million.
Income Taxes – Income tax expense decreased $32.0 million, or 56.0%, to $25.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $57.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The effective tax rate in the year ended December 31, 2020 was 21.5% compared to 47.5% in the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in income tax expense in 2020 was primarily due to a tax
47


Back to top
benefit recorded in 2020 as a result of the HTE election and related planning, which resulted in a decrease in the U.S. valuation allowance, partially offset by tax expense related to a reduction in U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards and additional state tax expense related expenses. For more information, refer to Note 13 - Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements included in this 10-K.
Segment Results
We report our segment information in the same way management internally organizes the business in assessing performance and making decisions regarding allocation of resources in accordance with ASC 280-10 - Segment Reporting. We have determined that we have three reportable segments, organized and managed principally by geographic region. Our reportable segments are North America, Europe, and Australasia. We report all other business activities in Corporate and unallocated costs. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), adjusted for the following items: loss from discontinued operations, net of tax; equity earnings of non-consolidated entities; income tax (benefit) expense; depreciation and amortization; interest expense, net; impairment and restructuring charges; gain on previously held shares of equity investment; (gain) loss on sale of property and equipment; share-based compensation expense; non-cash foreign exchange transaction/translation (income) loss; other non-cash items; other items; and costs related to debt restructuring and debt refinancing. For additional information on segment Adjusted EBITDA, see Note 14 - Segment Information to our consolidated financial statements included in this 10-K.
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2021 to the Year Ended December 31, 2020
 Year Ended 
(amounts in thousands)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020 
Net revenues from external customers% Variance
North America$2,829,240 $2,528,993 11.9 %
Europe1,352,450 1,187,777 13.9  %
Australasia590,029 518,907 13.7  %
Total Consolidated$4,771,719 $4,235,677 12.7  %
Percentage of total consolidated net revenues
North America59.3 %59.7 %
Europe28.3 %28.0 %
Australasia12.4 %12.3 %
Total Consolidated100.0 %100.0 %
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
North America$352,881 $315,952 11.7  %
Europe127,292 136,363 (6.7) %
Australasia71,448 62,449 14.4  %
Corporate and unallocated costs(86,542)(68,350)26.6  %
Total Consolidated$465,079 $446,414 4.2  %
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of segment net revenues
North America12.5 %12.5 %
Europe9.4 %11.5 %
Australasia12.1 %12.0 %
Total Consolidated9.7 %10.5 %
(1)Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. For a discussion of our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, see Note 14 - Segment Information in our consolidated financial statements.
North America
Net revenues in North America increased $300.2 million, or 11.9%, to $2,829.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $2,529.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to an increase in core revenues of 12%. Core revenues increased due to an 10% benefit from pricing and favorable volume/mix of 2%.
Adjusted EBITDA in North America increased $36.9 million, or 11.7%, to $352.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $316.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was due to favorable pricing, volume growth, and positive manufacturing variances, partially offset by the impact of inflation on material costs, freight, and labor compensation.
48


Back to top
Europe
Net revenues in Europe increased $164.7 million, or 13.9%, to $1,352.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $1,187.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to an increase in core revenue of 9% and a positive impact from foreign exchange of 5%. Core revenues increased due a 5% benefit from pricing and favorable volume/mix of 4%.
Adjusted EBITDA in Europe decreased $9.1 million, or 6.7%, to $127.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $136.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to the impact of inflation on material costs, freight, and labor compensation in the current period, partially offset by favorable pricing and positive manufacturing variances.
Australasia
Net revenues in Australasia increased $71.1 million, or 13.7%, to $590.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $518.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to a positive impact from foreign exchange of 9% and an increase in core revenues of 5%. Core revenues increased due to favorable volume/mix of 3% and a 2% benefit from pricing.
Adjusted EBITDA in Australasia increased $9.0 million, or 14.4%, to $71.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $62.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily due to improved volume/mix and positive manufacturing variances, partially offset by the impact of inflation on material costs.
Corporate and unallocated costs
Corporate and unallocated costs increased in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to the non-recurrence of certain savings from cost reduction measures implemented in 2020 in response to COVID-19, primarily related to salary and benefits, and the impact of inflation as well as increased health benefit costs and software related expenditures, partially offset by reduced variable compensation expenses resulting in a decrease to Adjusted EBITDA of $18.2 million, or 26.6%.
49


Back to top
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2020 to the Year Ended December 31, 2019
 Year Ended 
(dollars in thousands)December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Net revenues from external customers% Variance
North America$2,528,993 $2,534,336 (0.2)%
Europe1,187,777 1,178,441 0.8 %
Australasia518,907 576,984 (10.1)%
Total Consolidated$4,235,677 $4,289,761 (1.3)%
Percentage of total consolidated net revenues
North America59.7 %59.1 %
Europe28.0 %27.5 %
Australasia12.3 %13.4 %
Total Consolidated100.0 %100.0 %
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
North America$315,952 $267,335 18.2 %
Europe136,363 116,193 17.4 %
Australasia62,449 74,484 (16.2)%
Corporate and Unallocated costs(68,350)(42,974)59.0 %
Total Consolidated$446,414 $415,038 7.6 %
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of segment net revenues
North America12.5 %10.5 %
Europe11.5 %9.9 %
Australasia12.0 %12.9 %
Total Consolidated10.5 %9.7 %
(1)Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. For a discussion of our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, see Note 14 - Segment Information in our consolidated financial statements.
North America
Net revenues in North America decreased $5.3 million, or 0.2%, to $2,529.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $2,534.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in core revenues of 1% offset by a 1% increase attributable to the contribution from the acquisition of VPI. Core revenues decreased due to unfavorable volume/mix of 6%, partially offset by a 5% benefit from pricing.
Adjusted EBITDA in North America increased $48.6 million, or 18.2%, to $316.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $267.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was due to favorable pricing, positive manufacturing variances, reduced marketing and travel expenses, and contributions from our VPI acquisition, partially offset by unfavorable revenue mix and the effect of inflation on labor compensation.
Europe
Net revenues in Europe increased $9.3 million, or 0.8%, to $1,187.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $1,178.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to a favorable impact from foreign exchange of 2%, partially offset by a decline in core revenue of 1%. Core revenues decreased due to unfavorable volume/mix of 2%, partially offset by a 1% benefit from pricing.
Adjusted EBITDA in Europe increased $20.2 million, or 17.4%, to $136.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $116.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was primarily due to positive manufacturing variances and favorable pricing, partially offset by unfavorable revenue mix and the effect of inflation on labor compensation.
Australasia
Net revenues in Australasia decreased $58.1 million, or 10.1%, to $518.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $577.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in core revenues of 9% and unfavorable impacts from foreign exchange of 1%. Core revenues decreased due to unfavorable volume/mix of 8% and reduced pricing of 1%.
50


Back to top
Adjusted EBITDA in Australasia decreased $12.0 million, or 16.2%, to $62.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $74.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower volumes from market headwinds and adverse pricing, partially offset by positive manufacturing variances and reductions in spending relating to sales, marketing, travel, and salaries as a result of cost saving measures implemented in response to COVID-19.
Corporate and unallocated costs
Corporate and unallocated costs increased in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to increased variable compensation and the impact of foreign exchange hedges, resulting in a decrease to Adjusted EBITDA of $25.4 million, or 59.0%.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
We have historically funded our operations through a combination of cash from operations, draws on our revolving credit facilities, and the issuance of non-revolving debt such as our Term Loan Facility, Senior Notes, and Senior Secured Notes. Working capital, which we define as accounts receivable plus inventory less accounts payable, fluctuates throughout the year and is affected by the seasonality of sales of our products, customer payment patterns, and the translation of the balance sheets of our foreign operations into the U.S. dollar. Typically, working capital increases at the end of the first quarter and beginning of the second quarter in conjunction with, and in preparation for, the peak season for home construction and remodeling in our North America and Europe segments, which represent the substantial majority of our revenues, and decreases starting in the fourth quarter as inventory levels and accounts receivable decline. Inventories fluctuate for raw materials with long delivery lead times, such as steel, as we work through prior shipments and take delivery of new orders.
As of December 31, 2021, we had total liquidity (a non-GAAP measure) of $837.8 million, consisting of $395.6 million in unrestricted cash, $425.8 million available for borrowing under the ABL Facility, and AUD 22.6 million ($16.4 million) available for borrowing under the Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility (See Note 11 – Long-Term Debt to our consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding amendments made to the ABL Facility in July 2021), compared to total liquidity of $1,121.5 million as of December 31, 2020. The decrease in total liquidity was primarily due to cash utilized for share repurchases, higher working capital investment, capital expenditures, and repayments of long-term debt and legal settlements, partially offset by the increase in earnings.
As of December 31, 2021, our cash balances, including $1.3 million of restricted cash, consisted of $46.3 million in the U.S. and $350.6 million in non-U.S. subsidiaries. Based on our current level of operations, the seasonality of our business and anticipated growth, we believe that cash provided by operations and other sources of liquidity, including cash, cash equivalents and availability under our revolving credit facilities, will provide adequate liquidity for ongoing operations, planned capital expenditures and other investments, and debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months.
    We may, from time to time, refinance, reprice, extend, retire or otherwise modify our outstanding debt to lower our interest payments, reduce our debt, or otherwise improve our financial position. These actions may include repricing amendments, extensions, and/or opportunistic refinancing of debt. The amount of debt that may be refinanced, repriced, extended, retired, or otherwise modified, if any, will depend on market conditions, trading levels of our debt, our cash position, compliance with debt covenants, and other considerations.
Based on hypothetical variable rate debt that would have resulted from drawing each revolving credit facility up to the full commitment amount, a 1.0% decrease in interest rates would have reduced our interest expense by $1.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2021. A 1.0% increase in interest rates would have increased our interest expense by $7.5 million in the same period. The impact of a hypothetical decrease would have been partially mitigated by interest rate floors that apply to certain of our debt agreements.
Contractual Obligations
In addition to our discussion and analysis surrounding our liquidity and capital resources, we have significant contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2021 relating to the following:
Long-term debt and interest obligations – As of December 31, 2021 our outstanding debt balance was $1,720.9 million. See Note 11 - Long-Term Debt to our consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding the timing of expected future principal payments. Interest on long-term debt is calculated based on debt outstanding and interest rates in effect on December 31, 2021, taking into account scheduled maturities and amortization payments. As of December 31, 2021, we estimate interest payments of $70.3 million due in 2022 and $270.2 million due in 2023 and thereafter.
Finance and operating lease obligations – As of December 31, 2021, our remaining contractual commitments for finance and operating leases was $250.2 million. See Note 7 - Leases to our consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding the timing of expected future payments
51


Back to top
Purchase obligations – As of December 31, 2021, we have purchase obligations of $20.8 million due in 2022 and $27.6 million due in 2023 and thereafter. These purchase obligations are primarily relating to software hosting services and capital expenditures. Purchase obligations are defined as purchase agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including quantity, price, and the approximate timing of the transaction.
Borrowings and Refinancings
In December 2021, we amended our Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility resulting in reduced borrowing fees and reinstated maintenance financial covenant ratios to pre-pandemic thresholds.
In July 2021, we refinanced our existing Term Loan Facility and ABL Facility by issuing replacement loans that aggregated to $550.0 million in principal amount under the Term Loan Facility and added $100.0 million in potential additional revolving loan capacity to our ABL Facility.
In the fourth quarter of 2020, we began to include the eligible accounts receivable and inventory balances of certain recently acquired U.S. businesses in determining our borrowing base on our U.S. ABL Facility, which increased our availability.
In May 2020, we issued $250.0 million of Senior Secured Notes, the proceeds of which were used to repay the outstanding balance under our ABL Facility with the remainder to be used for general corporate purposes. In addition, we amended our Australia Senior Credit Facility to add AUD 30.0 million of additional revolving loan capacity. This supplemental facility matured on June 30, 2021 and was not renewed.
In December 2019, we amended our ABL facility to reflect current banking regulatory requirements, which did not have a financial impact.
In September 2019, we amended the Term Loan Facility to provide for an incremental aggregate principal amount of $125.0 million and used the proceeds to repay $115.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility.
In June 2019, we reallocated AUD 5.0 million from the term loan commitment to the interchangeable commitment of the Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility.
As of December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with the terms of all of our Credit Facilities and the indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes.
Our results have been and will continue to be impacted by substantial changes in our net interest expense throughout the periods presented and into the future. See Note 11 - Long-Term Debt to our consolidated financial statements for additional details.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes the changes to our cash flows for the periods presented:
Year Ended
(amounts in thousands)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities$175,666 $355,655 $302,709 
Investing activities(92,361)(82,003)(184,948)
Financing activities(401,209)207,909 (6,411)
Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
(21,800)25,157 903 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents$(339,704)$506,718 $112,253 
Cash Flow from Operations
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $180.0 million to $175.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $355.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was due primarily to increased inventory costs, increased accounts receivable, cash paid for legal settlements, and increased cash taxes, partially offset by increased earnings.
Net cash provided by operating activities increased $52.9 million to $355.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $302.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was due primarily to increases in accruals for the deferral of payroll taxes, including $20.9 million as a result of the CARES Act, which will be paid equally in 2022 and 2023, legal and environmental matters, and estimated variable compensation.
52


Back to top
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities increased $10.4 million to $92.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 from $82.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily due to a decrease in cash received from the sale of property, plant and equipment.
Net cash used in investing activities decreased $102.9 million to $82.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $184.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to a decrease in cash used for acquisitions and a reduction in capital expenditures.
Cash Flow from Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $401.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 and consisted primarily of repurchases of our Common Stock of $323.7 million and net debt repayments of $86.1 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $207.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 and consisted primarily of net borrowings of $210.9 million, partially offset by repurchases of our Common Stock of $5.0 million.
Net cash used in financing activities was $6.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 and was comprised primarily of repurchases of our Common Stock of $20.0 million, partially offset by increased borrowings of $13.1 million.
Holding Company Status
We are a holding company that conducts all of our operations through subsidiaries, and we rely on dividends or advances from our subsidiaries to fund the holding company. The majority of our operating income is derived from JWI, our main operating subsidiary. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us is subject to applicable local law and may be limited due to the terms of other contractual arrangements, including our Credit Facilities, Senior Notes, and Senior Secured Notes.
The Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility also contains restrictions on dividends that limit the amount of cash that the obligors under these facilities can distribute to JWI. Obligors under the Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility may pay dividends only to the extent they do not exceed 80% of after tax net profits (with a one-year carryforward of unused amounts) and only while no default is continuing under such agreement. For further information regarding the Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility, see Note 11 - Long-Term Debt in our consolidated financial statements.
The amount of our consolidated net assets that were available to be distributed under our credit facilities as of December 31, 2021 was $777.0 million.
53


Back to top
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The following disclosure is provided to supplement the description of our accounting policies contained in Note 1 - Description of Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our consolidated financial statements. Our MD&A is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which may differ from these estimates. The following discussion highlights the estimates we believe are critical and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Acquisitions
We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and intangible assets acquired based on their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If the fair value of the acquired assets exceeds the purchase price the difference is recorded as a bargain purchase in other (income) expense. Such valuations require us to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, material adjustments must be reflected in the comparative consolidated financial statements in the period in which the adjustment amount will be determined. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to our consolidated statements of operations. Newly acquired entities are included in our results from the date of their respective acquisitions.
Recoverability of Long-Lived and Intangible Assets
Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such asset groups may not be recoverable. Such events or circumstances include, but are not limited to, a significant decrease in the fair value of the underlying business or a change in utilization of property and equipment.
We group assets to test for impairment at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets.
When evaluating long-lived assets and definite lived intangible assets for potential impairment, if a triggering event is identified, we perform an impairment test by reviewing the expected undiscounted cash flows generated from the anticipated use and eventual disposition of the asset group compared to the carrying value of the asset group. If the expected undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group, then an impairment charge is required to reduce the carrying value of the asset group to fair value. If we recognize an impairment loss, the carrying amount of the asset is adjusted to fair value based on the discounted estimated future net cash flows. For a depreciable long-lived assets, the new cost basis will be depreciated over the remaining useful life of that asset. For an amortizable intangible asset, the new cost basis will be amortized over the remaining useful life of the asset. Our impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgments in estimating future cash flows to determine asset fair values, including forecasting useful lives of the assets.
Goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter and between annual tests if indicators of potential impairment exist, using a fair-value-based approach. Current accounting guidance provides an entity the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is impaired. If we do not perform a qualitative assessment, or if we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, we calculate the estimated fair value of the reporting unit.
We estimated the fair value of our reporting units using a discounted cash flow model (implied fair value measured on a non-recurring basis using level 3 inputs). Inherent in the development of the discounted cash flow projections are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our expected revenue and terminal growth rates, EBITDA margins, and cost of capital. Changes in assumptions or estimates used in our goodwill impairment testing could materially affect the determination of the fair value of a reporting unit, and therefore, could eliminate the excess of fair value over carrying value of a reporting unit and, in some cases, could result in impairment. Such changes in assumptions could be caused by items such as a loss of one or more significant customers, decline in the demand for our products due to changing economic conditions, or failure to control cost increases above what can be recouped in sale price increases. These types of changes would negatively affect our profits, revenues, and growth over the long term
54


Back to top
and such a decline could significantly affect the fair value assessment of our reporting units and cause our goodwill to become impaired.
As of December 31, 2021, the fair value of our North America, Europe, and Australasia reporting units would have to decline by approximately 32%, 37%, and 12%, respectively, to be considered for potential impairment. Keeping all other assumptions consistent, an increase in the discount rate of 1% would result in the fair value of a reporting unit over its carrying value of 26%, 31%, and 4% for the North America, Europe, and Australasia reporting units, respectively.
A material change in the fair value or carrying value of our Australasia reporting unit would put the reporting unit at risk of goodwill impairment. For example, our ability to increase revenue and improve EBITDA margins are key assumptions in our projections of revenue, earnings and cash flows. If our actual experience in future years falls significantly below our current projections, the fair value of the reporting unit could be negatively impacted. Similarly, an increase in interest rates would lower our discounted cash flows and negatively impact the fair value of the reporting unit. We believe our projections and assumptions are reasonable, but it is possible they could change, impacting our fair value estimate, or the carrying value could change.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on the deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We evaluate both the positive and negative evidence that is relevant in assessing whether we will realize the deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. This projected realization is directly related to our future projections of the performance of our business and management’s planning initiatives at any point in time. As a result, valuation allowances are subject to change as proven business trends and planning initiatives develop.
    The tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the consolidated financial statements only if the position is more likely than not to be sustained, based on the technical merits of the position and the jurisdiction. We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit and the tax related to the position would be due to the entity and not the owners. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized, upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. We apply this accounting standard to all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remains open. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.
    We file a consolidated federal income tax return in the U.S. and various states. For financial statement purposes, we calculate the provision for federal income taxes using the separate return method. Certain subsidiaries file separate tax returns in certain countries and states. Any U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes refundable and payable are reported in other current assets and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. We record interest and penalties on amounts due to tax authorities as a component of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. We have elected to account for the impact of GILTI in the period in which it is incurred.
Contingent Liabilities
Contingent liabilities require significant judgment in estimating potential losses for legal and environmental claims. Each quarter, we review significant new claims and litigation for the probability of an adverse outcome. Estimates are recorded as liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Disclosure is required when there is a reasonable possibility that the ultimate loss will materially exceed the recorded provision. Contingent liabilities are often resolved over long time periods. Estimating probable losses requires analysis of multiple forecasts that often depend on judgments about potential actions by third parties such as regulators, and the estimated loss can change materially as individual claims develop.
Share-based Compensation Plan
We have share-based compensation plans that provide for compensation to employees through various grants of share-based instruments. We apply the fair value method of accounting using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the compensation expense for stock options. The compensation expense for RSUs awarded is based on the fair value of the RSU at the date of grant. Compensation expense is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and is recognized over the requisite service period. The determination of obligations and compensation expense requires the use of several mathematical and judgmental factors, including stock price, expected volatility, the anticipated life of the option, estimated risk-free rate, and the number of shares
55


Back to top
or share options expected to vest. Any difference in the number of shares or share options that actually vest can affect future compensation expense. Other assumptions are not revised after the original estimate.
The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of weighted average assumptions for estimated expected volatility, estimated expected term of stock options, risk-free rate, estimated expected dividend yield, and the fair value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant. We estimate the expected term of all stock options based on previous history of exercises. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock option. The expected dividend yield rate is 0% which is consistent with the expected dividends to be paid on common stock. For stock options granted, we prepare the valuations with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm, utilizing approaches and methodologies consistent with the AICPA Practice Aid.
For PSUs issued prior to 2021, the number of PSUs that vest is determined by a payout factor consisting of equally weighted performance measures of Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow, each as reported over the applicable three year performance period and is adjusted based upon a market condition measured by our relative total shareholder return (“TSR”) over the applicable three year performance period as compared to the TSR of the Russell 3000 index. For PSUs issued in 2021, the number of PSUs that vest is determined by a payout factor consisting of equally weighted pre-set three year performance targets on return on invested capital (“ROIC”) and TSR. The fair value of the award is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation approach in a risk-neutral framework to model future stock price movements based on historical volatility, risk free rates of return, and correlation matrix.
We estimate forfeitures based on our historical analysis of actual stock option forfeitures. Actual forfeitures are recorded when incurred and estimated forfeitures are reviewed and adjusted at least annually.
Employee Retirement and Pension Benefits
The obligations under our defined benefit pension plans are calculated using actuarial models and methods. The most critical assumption and estimate used in the actuarial calculations is the discount rate for determining the current value of benefit obligations. Other assumptions and estimates used in determining benefit obligations and plan expenses include expected return on plan assets, inflation rates, and demographic factors such as retirement age, mortality, and turnover. These assumptions and estimates are evaluated periodically and are updated accordingly to reflect our actual experience and expectations.
The discount rate used to determine the benefit obligations was computed through a projected benefit cash flow model. This approach determines the discount rate as the rate that equates the present value of the cash flows (determined using that single rate) to the present value of the cash flows where each cash flows' present value is determined using the spot rates from the Willis Towers Watson RATE: Link 10:90 Yield Curve.
The discount rate utilized to calculate the projected benefit obligation at the measurement date for our U.S. pension plan increased to 2.88% at December 31, 2021 from 2.55% at December 31, 2020. As the discount rate is reduced or increased, the pension and post retirement obligation would increase or decrease, respectively, and future pension and post-retirement expense would increase or decrease, respectively. Lowering the discount rate by 0.25% would increase the U.S. pension and post-retirement obligation at December 31, 2021 by approximately $14.9 million and would decrease estimated fiscal year 2022 pension income by approximately $1.7 million. Increasing the discount rate by 0.25% would decrease the U.S. pension and post-retirement obligation at December 31, 2021 by approximately $14.2 million and would increase estimated fiscal year 2022 pension income by approximately $0.7 million.
We determine the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets based on the plan assets’ historical long-term investment performance, current asset allocation, and estimates of future long-term returns by asset class. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 1% increase or decrease in the assumed rate of return on plan assets would decrease or increase, respectively, 2022 net periodic pension expense by approximately $4.1 million.
The actuarial assumptions we use in determining our pension benefits may differ materially from actual results because of changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates, or longer or shorter life spans of participants. While we believe that the assumptions used are appropriate, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions might materially affect our financial position or results of operations.
Capital Expenditures
We expect that the majority of our capital expenditures will be focused on supporting our cost reduction and efficiency improvement projects, certain growth initiatives, and to a lesser extent, on sustaining our current manufacturing operations. We are subject to health, safety, and environmental regulations that may require us to make capital expenditures to ensure our facilities are compliant with those various regulations.
56


Back to top
Item 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
    We are exposed to various types of market risks, including the effects of adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, adverse changes in interest rates, and adverse movements in commodity prices for products we use in our manufacturing. To reduce our exposure to these risks, we maintain risk management controls and policies to monitor these risks and take appropriate actions to attempt to mitigate such forms of market risk.
Exchange Rate Risk
    We have global operations and therefore enter into transactions denominated in various foreign currencies. To mitigate cross-currency transaction risk, we analyze significant forecast exposures where we expect receipts or payments in a currency other than the functional currency of our operations, and from time to time we may strategically enter into short-term foreign currency forward contracts to lock in some or all of the cash flows associated with these transactions. In most of the countries in which we operate, the exposure to foreign currency movements is limited because the operating revenues and expenses of our business units are substantially denominated in the local currency. We also are subject to currency translation risk associated with converting our foreign operations’ financial statements into U.S. dollars. We use short-term foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on consolidated earnings. We use foreign currency derivative contracts, with a total notional amount of $91.6 million as of December 31, 2021, in order to manage the effect of exchange fluctuations on forecasted sales, purchases, acquisitions, inventory and capital expenditures and certain intercompany transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies. We use foreign currency derivative contracts, with a total notional amount of $376.5 million, to hedge the effects of translation gains and losses on intercompany loans and interest. We also use foreign currency derivative contracts, with a total notional amount of $107.0 million, to mitigate the impact to the consolidated earnings of the Company from the effect of the translation of certain subsidiaries’ local currency results into U.S. dollars. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
    By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to foreign currency fluctuations, we are exposed to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes us, which creates credit risk for us. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, we owe the counterparty and, therefore, we are not exposed to the counterparty’s credit risk in those circumstances. We attempt to minimize counterparty credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties whose credit rating is at least upper-medium investment grade. Our derivative instruments do not contain credit risk related contingent features.
Interest Rate Risk
    We are exposed to interest rate market risk in connection with our long-term debt, some of which is based upon floating interest rates. To manage our interest rate risk, we may enter into interest rate derivatives, such as interest rate swaps or caps when we deem it to be appropriate. We do not use financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes and are not a party to any leveraged derivative instruments. Our net exposure to interest rate risk would primarily be based on the difference between outstanding variable rate debt and the notional amount of any interest rate derivatives that are in-the-money. We assess interest rate risk by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate exposures that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. We maintain risk management control systems to monitor interest rate risk attributable to both our outstanding and forecasted debt obligations as well as any offsetting hedge positions. The risk management control systems involve the use of analytical techniques, including cash flow sensitivity analysis, to estimate the expected impact of changes in interest rates on our future cash flows.
    The U.K.’s Financial Conduct Authority has announced the intent to phase out the use of LIBOR. In November 30, 2020, the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (IBA) announced a consultation on its intention to cease the publication of the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR tenors immediately following the LIBOR publication on December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR tenors immediately following the LIBOR publication on June 30, 2023. As a result, we may incur incremental interest expense depending on the new standard determined. We have elected certain optional expedients provided by ASC Topic 848 Reference Rate Reform in order to mitigate the risk of dedesignation of our hedged interest rate swaps, which could result in an increase in interest expense. At this time, we have elected to continue the method of assessing effectiveness as documented in the original hedge documentation and apply the practical expedients related to probability to assume that the reference rate on the hypothetical derivative matches the reference rate on the hedging instrument. We plan to evaluate the remaining expedients for adoption, as applicable, when contracts are modified. Although our ABL Facility agreement and Term Loan Facility agreement contain provisions intended to address the anticipated unavailability of LIBOR, we may need to amend these and other contracts to accommodate any replacement rate. The potential effect of any such event on our cost of capital cannot yet be determined but we do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
57


Back to top
Raw Materials Risk
    Our major raw materials include glass, vinyl extrusions, aluminum, steel, wood, hardware, adhesives, and packaging. Prices of these commodities can fluctuate significantly in response to, among other things, variable worldwide supply and demand across different industries, speculation in commodities futures, general economic or environmental conditions, labor costs, competition, import duties, tariffs, worldwide currency fluctuations, freight, regulatory costs, and product and process evolutions that impact demand for the same materials. Increasing raw material prices directly impact our cost of sales and our ability to maintain margins depends on implementing price increases in response to increasing raw material costs. The market for our products may or may not accept price increases, and as such, there is no assurance that we can maintain margins in an environment of rising commodity prices. See Item 1A- Risk Factors - Prices and availability of the raw materials we use to manufacture our products are subject to fluctuations and we may be unable to pass along to our customers the effects of any price increases.
    We have not historically used derivatives or similar instruments to hedge commodity price fluctuations, but may in the future. We purchase from multiple geographically diverse companies to mitigate the adverse impact of higher prices for our raw materials. We also maintain other strategies to mitigate the impact of higher raw material, energy, and commodity costs, which typically offset only a portion of the adverse impact.
Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
    See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of the Form 10-K.
Item 9 - Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A - Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
    The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, including this Report, are recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. These disclosure controls and procedures include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer (“CEO”) and principal financial officer (“CFO”), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
The Company’s management, including the Company’s CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Report and, based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2021.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
    The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f).
    The Company carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s management used the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) to perform this evaluation. Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021.
    The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing under Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the Company’s most recently completed quarter ended December 31, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
58


Back to top
Item 9B - Other Information
None.
Item 9C - Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.

59

Back to top
PART III
Item 10 - Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this item with respect to our executive officers appears in Part I of this Form 10-K under the heading, “Executive Officers of the Registrant”. The other information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 28, 2022, which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the Company’s fiscal year end covered by this Form 10-K (“Proxy Statement”).
Item 11 - Executive Compensation
    The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.
Item 12 - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters
Equity Compensation Plan Information
    The following table sets forth information with respect to shares of our Common Stock that may be issued under our existing equity compensation plans, as of December 31, 2021:
(a)(b)(c)
Plan CategoryNumber of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants, and Rights
Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants, and Rights(1)
Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
4,692,677(2)
$23.31
2,578,718(3)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Total
4,692,677$23.312,578,718

(1)Excludes RSUs and PSUs, which have no exercise price.

(2)Consists of shares underlying 2,162,022 stock options, 1,826,392 RSUs, and 704,263 PSUs outstanding under the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan and 2017 Omnibus Equity Plan.

(3)Number of securities remaining for future issuances includes only shares available under the 2017 Omnibus Equity Plan.

    The other information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.
Item 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
    The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.
Item 14 - Principal Accounting Fees and Services
    The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.
60

Back to top
PART IV
Item 15 - Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
1. Financial Statements
The financial statements are set forth under Item 8- Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Form 10-K.
2. Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statements and schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
3. Exhibits
The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this 10-K and such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.ExhibitFiling Date
3.18-K001-38000 3.1May 13, 2020
3.28-K001-380003.2May 13, 2020
4.110-K001-380004.1February 23, 2021
4.28-K001-380004.1December 14, 2017
4.38-K001-380004.1December 27, 2018
4.410-Q001-380004.2November 3, 2020
4.510-K001-380004.9February 23, 2021
4.68-K001-380004.1May 5, 2020
4.710-Q001-380004.1November 3, 2020
4.810-K001-380004.12February 23, 2021
4.98-K001-380004.2May 5, 2020
4.1010-Q001-380004.3November 3, 2020
4.1110-Q001-380004.4November 3, 2020
61

Back to top
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.ExhibitFiling Date
10.1S-1333-21176110.1June 1, 2016
10.2S-1333-21176110.1.1June 1, 2016
10.3S-1/A333-21176110.1.2November 17, 2016
10.48-K001-3800010.1December 15, 2017
10.58-K001-3800010.1December 27, 2018
10.68-K001-3800010.1January 6, 2020
10.7
    
10-Q001-3800010.2August 2, 2021
10.8S-1333-21176110.2June 1, 2016
10.9S-1333-21176110.2.1June 1, 2016
10.10S-1/A333-21176110.2.2November 17, 2016
10.118-K001-3800010.1March 8, 2017
10.128-K001-3800010.2December 15, 2017
10.138-K001-3800010.1September 20, 2019
10.1410-Q001-3800010.3August 2, 2021
10.15+10-Q001-3800010.14May 12, 2017
10.16+S-1/A333-21176110.7December 16, 2016
10.17+S-1/A333-21176110.8December 16, 2016
62

Back to top
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.ExhibitFiling Date
10.18*+
10.19+10-Q001-3800010.2April 30, 2021
10.20*+
10.21*+
10.22*+
10.23+S-1333-21176110.25June 1, 2016
10.24+10-Q001-3800010.1August 5, 2020
21.1*
22.1*
23.1*
24.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32.1*
101.INS*
Inline XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE*
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).
*Filed herewith.
+Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Item 16 - Form 10-K Summary
    None.

63

Back to top
SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
JELD-WEN HOLDING, INC.
(Registrant)
By:/s/ John Linker
John Linker
Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 22, 2022

POWER OF ATTORNEY
    
    KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John Linker and Roya Behnia, jointly and severally, his or her attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Gary S. MichelChair, President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)February 22, 2022
Gary S. Michel
/s/ John LinkerChief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
February 22, 2022
John Linker
/s/ Scott ViningChief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
February 22, 2022
Scott Vining
/s/ Roderick C. WendtVice ChairFebruary 22, 2022
Roderick C. Wendt
/s/ William BanholzerDirectorFebruary 22, 2022
William Banholzer
/s/ Tracey I. JoubertDirectorFebruary 22, 2022
Tracy I. Joubert
/s/ Cynthia MarshallDirectorFebruary 22, 2022
Cynthia Marshall
/s/ David NordDirectorFebruary 22, 2022
David Nord
/s/ Suzanne StefanyDirectorFebruary 22, 2022
Suzanne Stefany
64

Back to top
SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Bruce TatenDirectorFebruary 22, 2022
Bruce Taten
/s/ Steven E. WynneDirectorFebruary 22, 2022
Steven E. Wynne

65

Back to top
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 238)
F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
F-5
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020
F-6
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019
F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-9



F-1

Back to top
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of JELD-WEN Holding, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of JELD-WEN Holding, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income (loss), of equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
F-2

Back to top
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Goodwill Impairment Assessment

As described in Notes 1 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $545.2 million as of December 31, 2021. Management tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter and between annual tests if indicators of potential impairment exist, using a fair-value-based approach. Fair value of the reporting units is determined by management using a discounted cash flow model. Management’s cash flow projections included significant judgments and assumptions relating to expected revenue and terminal growth rates, EBITDA margins, and the cost of capital.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessment is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value estimate of the reporting units; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to expected revenue and terminal growth rates, EBITDA margins, and the cost of capital; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment assessment, including controls over the valuation of the Company’s reporting units. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimates; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow model; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the model; and (iv) evaluating the significant assumptions used by management related to expected revenue and terminal growth rates, EBITDA margins, and the cost of capital. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to expected revenue and terminal growth rates and EBITDA margins involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the reporting units; (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data; and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s discounted cash flow model and the cost of capital assumption.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
February 22, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2000.


F-3

Back to top

Item 1 - Financial Statements

JELD-WEN HOLDING, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Years Ended December 31,
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)202120202019
Net revenues$4,771,719 $4,235,677 $4,289,761 
Cost of sales3,796,452 3,333,770 3,417,222 
Gross margin975,267 901,907 872,539 
Selling, general and administrative704,892 702,715 660,574 
Impairment and restructuring charges2,950 10,469 21,551 
Operating income267,425 188,723 190,414 
Interest expense, net77,566 74,800 71,778 
Other income(14,503)(2,752)(1,409)
Income before taxes204,362 116,675 120,045 
Income tax expense35,540 25,089 57,074 
Net income$168,822 $91,586 $62,971 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic96,563,155 100,633,392 100,618,105 
Diluted98,371,142 101,681,981 101,464,325 
Net income per share
Basic$1.75 $0.91 $0.63 
Diluted$1.72 $0.90 $0.62 





























The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4

Back to top
JELD-WEN HOLDING, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the Years Ended December 31,
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Net income $168,822 $91,586 $62,971 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax benefit of ($4,096), $0, and $0, respectively
(77,904)105,442 (15,335)
Interest rate hedge adjustments, net of tax expense (benefit) of $1,302, ($468), and ($4,831), respectively
3,850 (1,384)6,173 
Defined benefit pension plans, net of tax expense (benefit) of $13,226, ($3,800), and $1,152, respectively
39,001 (11,476)2,692 
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax(35,053)92,582 (6,470)
Comprehensive income$133,769 $184,168 $56,501 







































The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-5

Back to top
JELD-WEN HOLDING, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents$395,596 $735,820 
Restricted cash1,294 774 
Accounts receivable, net552,041 477,472 
Inventories615,971 512,228 
Other current assets55,531 34,359 
Assets held for sale119,424 — 
Total current assets1,739,857 1,760,653 
Property and equipment, net798,804 872,585 
Deferred tax assets204,232 199,194 
Goodwill545,213 639,867 
Intangible assets, net222,181 246,055 
Operating lease assets, net201,781 214,727 
Other assets26,603 31,604 
Total assets$3,738,671 $3,964,685 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities
Accounts payable$418,774 $269,891 
Accrued payroll and benefits135,989 151,742 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities289,676 379,289 
Current maturities of long-term debt38,561 66,702 
Liabilities held for sale5,868 — 
Total current liabilities888,868 867,624 
Long-term debt1,667,696 1,701,340 
Unfunded pension liability61,438 115,077 
Operating lease liability166,318 177,491 
Deferred credits and other liabilities102,879 91,368 
Deferred tax liabilities9,254 7,321 
Total liabilities2,896,453 2,960,221 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 24)
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 90,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding
— — 
Common Stock: 900,000,000 shares authorized, par value $0.01 per share, 90,193,550 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2021; 900,000,000 shares authorized, par value $0.01 per share, 100,806,068 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020
902 1,008 
Additional paid-in capital719,451 690,687 
Retained earnings215,611 371,462 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(93,746)(58,693)
Total shareholders’ equity 842,218 1,004,464 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity$3,738,671 $3,964,685 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-6

Back to top

JELD-WEN HOLDING, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)SharesAmountSharesAmountSharesAmount
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share
— $— — $— — $— 
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share
Balance at beginning of period100,806,068 $1,008 100,668,003 $1,007 101,310,862 $1,013 
Shares issued for exercise/vesting of share-based compensation awards
1,011,439 10 427,950 645,957 
Shares repurchased
(11,564,009)(115)(265,589)(3)(1,192,419)(12)
Shares surrendered for tax obligations for employee share-based transactions
(59,948)(1)(24,296)(1)(96,397)(1)
Balance at period end90,193,550 $902 100,806,068 $1,008 100,668,003 $1,007 
Additional paid-in capital
Balance at beginning of period
$691,360 $672,445 $659,241 
Shares issued for exercise/vesting of share-based compensation awards
10,174 2,979 1,970 
Shares surrendered for tax obligations for employee share-based transactions
(1,619)(463)(1,956)
Amortization of share-based compensation
20,209 16,399 13,190 
Balance at period end
720,124 691,360 672,445 
Employee stock notes
Balance at beginning of period
(673)(673)(648)
Net issuances, payments and accrued interest on notes
— — (25)
Balance at period end
(673)(673)(673)
Balance at period end
$719,451 $690,687 $671,772 
Retained earnings
Balance at beginning of period
$371,462 $290,583 $246,833 
Shares repurchased(324,673)(4,997)(19,982)
Adoption of new accounting standard ASU No. 2016-13
— (5,710)— 
    Adoption of new accounting standard ASU No. 2016-02— — 761 
Net income
168,822 91,586 62,971 
Balance at period end
$215,611 $371,462 $290,583 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Balance at beginning of period
$(58,693)$(151,275)$(144,805)
Foreign currency adjustments(77,904)105,442 (15,335)
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate hedges3,850 (1,384)6,173 
  Net actuarial pension gain (loss)39,001 (11,476)2,692 
Balance at period end
$(93,746)$(58,693)$(151,275)
Total shareholders’ equity at period end$842,218 $1,004,464 $812,087 








The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements
F-7

Back to top
JELD-WEN HOLDING, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31,
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income$168,822 $91,586 $62,971 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization137,247 134,623 133,969 
Deferred income taxes(14,973)(9,063)21,838 
Loss (gain) on sale or disposal of business units, property, and equipment1,979 (4,122)(1,377)
Adjustment to carrying value of assets2,076 5,537 6,625 
Amortization of deferred financing costs3,175 2,679 1,971 
Loss on extinguishment of debt1,001 — — 
Stock-based compensation20,209 16,399 13,315 
Contributions to U.S. pension plan— (12,619)(7,760)
Amortization of U.S. pension expense9,092 6,852 8,919 
Other items, net3,804 21,125 (3,320)
Net change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable(91,920)10,819 8,426 
Inventories(134,482)9,849 4,190 
Other assets(14,575)5,520 6,938 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses70,184 62,880 37,611 
Change in short term and long-term tax liabilities14,027 13,590 8,393 
Net cash provided by operating activities175,666 355,655 302,709 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property and equipment(83,603)(77,692)(101,506)
Proceeds from sale of business units, property and equipment3,166 14,308 8,632 
Purchase of intangible assets(16,090)(19,204)(34,686)
Purchases of businesses, net of cash acquired— — (57,799)
Cash received for notes receivable4,166 585 411 
Net cash used in investing activities(92,361)(82,003)(184,948)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Change in long-term debt(86,051)210,858 13,101 
Common stock issued for exercise of options10,184 2,984 1,977 
Common stock repurchased(323,722)(5,000)(19,994)
Payments to tax authorities for employee share-based compensation(1,620)(933)(1,495)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(401,209)207,909 (6,411)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash(21,800)25,157 903 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents(339,704)506,718 112,253 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning736,594 229,876 117,623 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, ending$396,890 $736,594 $229,876 
For further information see Note 26 - Supplemental Cash Flow.









The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-8

Back to top
JELD-WEN HOLDING, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Description of Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Business – JELD-WEN Holding, Inc., along with its subsidiaries, is a vertically integrated global manufacturer and distributor of windows, doors, and other building products that derives substantially all its revenues from the sale of its door and window products. Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, all references in these notes to “JELD-WEN,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company” are to JELD-WEN Holding, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
We have facilities located in the U.S., Canada, Europe, Australia, Asia, and Mexico. Our products are marketed primarily under the JELD-WEN brand name in the U.S. and Canada and under JELD-WEN and a variety of acquired brand names in Europe, Australia, and Asia.
Our revenues are affected by the level of new housing starts and remodeling activity in each of our markets. Our sales typically follow seasonal new construction and repair and remodeling industry patterns. The peak season for home construction and remodeling in many of our markets generally corresponds with the second and third calendar quarters, and therefore, sales volume is typically higher during those quarters. Our first and fourth quarter sales volumes are generally lower due to reduced repair and remodeling activity and reduced activity in the building and construction industry as a result of colder and more inclement weather in certain areas of our geographic end markets.
Basis of Presentation – The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.
All U.S. dollar and other currency amounts, except per share amounts, are presented in thousands unless otherwise noted.
Ownership – As of December 31, 2020, Onex owned approximately 33% of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock. On March 1, 2021, May 10, 2021, and August 16, 2021, Onex exercised its rights under its Registration Rights Agreement and requested the registration for resale of 8,000,000, 10,000,000, 14,883,094 shares of our Common Stock, respectively, in underwritten public offerings (the “Secondary Offerings”), and as provided under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, we were responsible for all related fees and expenses except for the underwriters’ discounts and commissions, which were paid by Onex. The Secondary Offerings were completed on March 3, 2021, May 13, 2021, and August 18, 2021, and the Company purchased from the underwriter 800,000, 1,000,000, and 7,017,543 of the aggregate shares of our Common Stock that were the subject of the Secondary Offerings at a price per share of $28.61, $28.80, and $28.50, respectively, which is the price at which the underwriter purchased the shares from Onex in the Secondary Offerings. After the Secondary Offerings, Onex held approximately 25%, 15%, and 0% of our outstanding shares of Common Stock, respectively.
Share Repurchases – On November 4, 2019, our Board of Directors increased the authorization under our existing share repurchase program to a total of $175.0 million with no expiration date. On July 27, 2021, the Board of Directors increased the remaining authorization to a total of $400.0 million with no expiration date. As of December 31, 2021, $132.1 million was remaining under the repurchase program. During the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, we repurchased 11,564,009, 265,589, and 1,192,419 shares of our Common Stock, respectively, for aggregate consideration paid of $323.7 million, $5.0 million, and $20.0 million, respectively.
Fiscal Year – We operate on a fiscal calendar year, and each interim quarter is comprised of two 4-week periods and one 5-week period, with each week ending on a Saturday. Our fiscal year always begins on January 1 and ends on December 31. As a result, our first and fourth quarters may have more or fewer days included than a traditional 91-day fiscal quarter.
Use of Estimates – The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and allocations that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and related notes. Significant items that are subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, long-lived assets including goodwill and other intangible assets, employee benefit obligations, income tax uncertainties, contingent assets and liabilities, provisions for bad debt, inventory, warranty liabilities, legal claims, valuation of derivatives, environmental remediation, and claims relating to self-insurance. Actual results could differ due to the uncertainty inherent in the nature of these estimates.
COVID-19 – The CARES Act in the U.S. and similar legislation in other jurisdictions includes measures that assisted companies in responding to the COVID-19 pandemic. These measures consisted primarily of cash assistance to support employment levels and deferment of remittance of certain non-income tax expense payments. The most significant impact was from the CARES Act in the U.S., which included a provision that allows employers to defer the remittance of the employer portion of the social security tax relating to 2020. The deferred employment payment must be paid over two
F-9

Back to top
years. Original payment due dates were in 2021 and 2022, however updated guidance provided by the Internal Revenue Service in December 2021 allowed for these payments to be made during 2022 and 2023. The Company deferred $20.9 million of the employer portion of social security tax in 2020, of which $10.4 million is included in accrued payroll and benefits and the remaining is included in deferred credits and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. For our Europe and Australasia regions, the deferrals totaled approximately $1.4 million and $0.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2021 and $11.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively at December 31, 2020. The impact of the CARES Act and similar legislation in prospective periods may differ from our estimates as of December 31, 2021 due to changes in interpretations and assumptions, guidance that may be issued, and actions we may take in respect to these measures. The CARES Act and similar legislation in other jurisdictions are highly detailed and we will continue to assess the impact that various provisions will have on our business.
Segment Reporting – Our reportable segments are organized and managed principally by geographic region: North America, Europe, and Australasia. We report all other business activities in Corporate and unallocated costs. In addition to similar economic characteristics, we also consider the following factors in determining the reportable segments: the nature of business activities, the management structure directly accountable to our CODM for operating and administrative activities, the discrete financial information regularly reviewed by the CODM, and information presented to the Board of Directors and investors. No segments have been aggregated for our presentation.
Acquisitions – We apply the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, in the accounting for our acquisitions. It requires us to recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred and the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While we use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, material adjustments must be reflected in the reporting period in which the adjustment amount is determined. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded in the current period in our consolidated statements of operations.
For a given acquisition, we may identify certain pre-acquisition contingencies as of the acquisition date and may extend our review and evaluation of these pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period in order to obtain sufficient information to assess whether we include these contingencies as a part of the fair value estimates of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and, if so, to determine their estimated amounts.
If we cannot reasonably determine the fair value of a pre-acquisition contingency (non-income tax related) by the end of the measurement period, we will recognize an asset or a liability for such pre-acquisition contingency if: (a) it is probable that an asset existed or a liability had been incurred at the acquisition date and (b) the amount of the asset or liability can be reasonably estimated. Subsequent to the measurement period, changes in our estimates of such contingencies will affect earnings and could have a material effect on our results of operations and financial position.
In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. We re-evaluate these items quarterly based upon facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. Subsequent to the measurement period or our final determination of the tax allowance’s or contingency’s estimated value, whichever comes first, changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances will affect our provision for income taxes in our consolidated statements of operations and could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.
In March 2019, we acquired VPI Quality Windows, Inc. (“VPI”) for cash consideration of $57.8 million. VPI is a leading manufacturer of vinyl windows, specializing in customized solutions for mid-rise multi-family, industrial, hospitality and commercial projects. VPI, headquartered in Spokane, Washington, with operations in Spokane, Washington and Statesville, North Carolina, is part of our North America segment.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred and are included in SG&A expense in our accompanying consolidated                 statements of operations. We incurred acquisition-related costs of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. Prior to our purchase of VPI, certain employees held employment agreements including retention bonuses with service requirements extending into the post-acquisition period. As agreed with the former owners, the retention bonuses were prepaid at the acquisition date and any repayments of the retention bonuses under the terms of the employment agreements accrued to the benefit of the former owners. The cash used to pay the retention bonuses was excluded from our determination of purchase price. In 2019, we expensed the post-acquisition value of these retention bonuses as acquisition-related costs totaling $7.1 million, which is included in SG&A expense in our accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Cash and Cash Equivalents – We consider all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity at the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Our cash management system is designed to maintain
F-10

Back to top
zero bank balances at certain banks. Checks written and not presented to these banks for payment are reflected as book overdrafts and are a component of accounts payable.
Restricted Cash – Restricted cash consists primarily of cash required to meet certain bank guarantees and projected self-insurance obligations. New funding is generated from employees’ portion of contributions and is added to the deposit account weekly as claims are paid.
Accounts Receivable – Accounts receivable are recorded at their net realizable value. Our customers are primarily retailers, distributors, and contractors. As of December 31, 2021, two customers accounted for 30.5% of the consolidated accounts receivable balance. As of December 31, 2020, one customer accounted for 19.2% of the consolidated accounts receivable balance. We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We estimate the allowance for doubtful accounts based on quantitative and qualitative factors associated with the credit risk of our accounts receivable, primarily historical credit collections within each region where we have operations. If the financial condition of a customer deteriorates or other circumstances occur that result in an impairment of a customer’s ability to make payments, we record additional allowances as needed. We write off uncollectible trade accounts receivable against the allowance for doubtful accounts when collection efforts have been exhausted and/or any legal action taken by us has concluded.
Inventories – Inventories in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value and are determined by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) or average cost methods. We record provisions to write-down obsolete and excess inventory to its estimated net realizable value. The process for evaluating obsolete and excess inventory requires us to evaluate historical inventory usage and expected future production needs. Accelerating the disposal process or incorrect estimates may cause actual results to differ from the estimates at the time such inventory is disposed or sold. We classify certain inventories that are available for sale directly to external customers or used in the manufacturing of a finished good within raw materials.
Notes Receivable – Notes receivable are recorded at their net realizable value. The balance consists primarily of installment notes and affiliate notes. The allowance for doubtful notes is based upon credit risks, historical loss trends, and specific reviews of delinquent notes. We write off uncollectible note receivables against the allowance for doubtful accounts when collection efforts have been exhausted and/or any legal action taken by us has been concluded. Current maturities and interest, net of short-term allowance are reported as other current assets.
Customer Displays – Customer displays include all costs to manufacture, ship, and install the displays of our products in retail store locations. Capitalized display costs are included in other assets and are amortized over the life of the product lines, typically 1 to 3 years, and are included in SG&A expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and was $3.0 million in 2021, $7.9 million in 2020, and $8.7 million in 2019.
Cloud Computing Arrangements –We capitalize qualified cloud computing implementation costs associated with the application development stage and subsequently amortize these costs over the term of the hosting agreement and stated renewal period, if it is reasonably certain we will renew, typically 3 to 5 years. Capitalized costs are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet and amortization is included in SG&A expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
Property and Equipment – Property and equipment are recorded at cost. The cost of major additions and betterments are capitalized and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. Replacements, maintenance, and repairs that do not improve or extend the useful lives of the related assets or adapt the property to a new or different use are expensed as incurred. Interest over the construction period is capitalized as a component of cost of constructed assets. Upon sale or retirement of property or equipment, cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is charged to income.
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement, the lease term, or the life of the building. Depreciation is generally provided over the following estimated useful service lives:
Land improvements
10 - 20 years
Buildings and improvements
10 - 45 years
Machinery and equipment
3 - 20 years
F-11

Back to top
Intangible Assets – Definite lived intangible assets are amortized based on the pattern of economic benefit over the following estimated useful lives:
Trademarks and trade names
10 - 40 years
Software
3 - 10 years
Patents, licenses and rights
5 - 25 years
Customer relationships
5 - 20 years
The lives of definite lived intangible assets are reviewed and reduced if necessary, whenever changes in their planned use occur. Legal and registration costs related to internally-developed patents and trademarks are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of their expected useful life or the legal patent life. Cost and accumulated amortization are removed from the accounts in the period that an intangible asset becomes fully amortized. The carrying value of intangible assets is reviewed by management to assess the recoverability of the assets when facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability test requires us to first compare undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that definite lived intangible asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amounts of the definite lived intangible assets are not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment charge is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques.
Our valuation of identifiable intangible assets acquired is based on information and assumptions available to us at the time of acquisition, using income and market approaches to determine fair value. We do not amortize indefinite-lived intangible assets, but test for impairment annually, or when indications of potential impairment exist. For intangible assets other than goodwill, if the carrying value exceeds the fair value, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess. No material impairments were identified during fiscal years December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
We capitalize certain qualified internal use software costs during the application development stage and subsequently amortize these costs over the estimated useful life of the asset. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage and post-implementation operation stage are expensed as incurred.
Long-Lived Assets – Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. If a triggering event is identified, we perform an impairment test by reviewing the expected undiscounted cash flows generated from the anticipated use and eventual disposition of the asset group compared to the carrying value of the asset group. If the expected undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group, then an impairment charge is required to reduce the carrying value of the asset group to fair value. Long-lived assets currently available for sale and expected to be sold within one year are classified as assets held for sale.
Leases – We lease certain warehouses, distribution centers, office spaces, land, vehicles, and equipment. We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. A contract contains a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant, or equipment (an identified asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Amounts associated with operating leases are included in operating lease assets (“ROU assets”), net, accrued expense and other current liabilities and operating lease liability in our consolidated balance sheet. Amounts associated with finance leases are included in property and equipment, net, current maturities of long-term debt, and long-term debt in our consolidated balance sheet.
ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of lease payments over the lease term.
If the lease does not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate for operating leases that commenced in the period is determined by using the prior quarter end’s incremental borrowing rates.
We have elected not to recognize an ROU asset and lease liability for leases with an initial term of twelve months or less as well as any lease covering immaterial assets. We recognize lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable lease payments that are dependent on usage, output, or may vary for other reasons, are excluded from lease payments in the measurement of the ROU asset and lease liability, and accordingly are recognized as lease expense in the period the obligation for those payments is incurred. For lease agreements entered into or reassessed after the adoption of Topic 842, we combine lease and nonlease components.
Certain leases include renewal and/or termination options, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term from 1 to 20 years or more, and the exercise of lease renewal options under these leases is at our sole discretion. These options are
F-12

Back to top
included in the lease term used to determine ROU assets and corresponding liabilities when we are reasonably certain we will exercise the option. The depreciable life of assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease term. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.
Goodwill – Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter and between annual tests if indicators of potential impairment exist, using a fair-value-based approach. Current accounting guidance provides an entity the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is impaired. If we do not perform a qualitative assessment, or if we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, we calculate the estimated fair value of the reporting unit.
We estimated the fair value of our reporting units using a discounted cash flow model (implied fair value measured on a non-recurring basis using level 3 inputs). Inherent in the development of the discounted cash flow projections are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our expected revenue and terminal growth rates, EBITDA margins, and cost of capital. Changes in assumptions or estimates used in our goodwill impairment testing could materially affect the determination of the fair value of a reporting unit, and therefore, could eliminate the excess of fair value over carrying value of a reporting unit and, in some cases, could result in impairment. Such changes in assumptions could be caused by items such as a loss of one or more significant customers, decline in the demand for our products due to changing economic conditions, or failure to control cost increases above what can be recouped in sale price increases. These types of changes would negatively affect our profits, revenues, and growth over the long term and such a decline could significantly affect the fair value assessment of our reporting units and cause our goodwill to become impaired.
We have completed the required annual testing of goodwill for impairment for all reporting units and have determined that goodwill was not impaired in any year presented.
Deferred Revenue – We record deferred revenue when we collect pre-payments from customers for performance obligations we expect to fulfill through future performance of a service or delivery of a product. We classify our deferred revenue based on our estimate as to when we expect to satisfy the related performance obligations. Deferred revenues are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Warranty Accrual – Warranty terms range primarily from one year to lifetime on certain window and door components. Warranties are normally limited to replacement or service of defective components for the original customer. Some warranties are transferable to subsequent owners and are generally limited to ten years from the date of manufacture or require pro-rata payments from the customer. A provision for estimated warranty costs is recorded at the time of sale based on historical experience and we periodically adjust these provisions to reflect actual experience.
Restructuring – Costs to exit or restructure certain activities of an acquired company or our internal operations are accounted for as one-time termination and exit costs as required by the provisions of FASB ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations, and are accounted for separately from any business combination. A liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity is recognized and measured at its fair value in our consolidated statements of operations in the period in which the liability is incurred. When estimating the fair value of restructuring activities, assumptions are applied, which can differ materially from actual results. This may require us to revise our initial estimates, which may materially affect our results of operations and financial position in the period the revision is made.
Derivative Financial Instruments – Derivative financial instruments are used to manage interest rate risk associated with our borrowings and foreign currency exposures related to transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, or in the case of our non-U.S. companies, transactions denominated in a currency other than their functional currency. All derivatives are recorded as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at their respective fair values. As of December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, we had netting provisions in certain agreements with our counterparties. We have elected to not offset the fair values of derivative assets and liabilities executed with the same counterparty that are generally subject to enforceable netting agreements. Changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized in earnings unless specific hedge criteria are met, and we elect hedge accounting prior to entering into the hedge. If a derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in fair value of both the derivative and the hedged item attributable to the hedged risks are recognized in the same line item in the results of operations. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value related to the derivatives considered highly effective are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently classified to the consolidated statements of operations when the hedged item impacts earnings, and in the same line item on the consolidated statements of operations as the impact of the hedge transaction. At the inception of a fair value or cash flow hedge, we formally document the hedge relationship and the risk management objective for undertaking the hedge. In addition, for derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting, we assess, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative financial instrument is and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting cash flows or fair value of the hedged item and whether it is probable that the hedged forecasted transaction will occur. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for
F-13

Back to top
hedge accounting, or fail to meet the criteria, thereafter, are also recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 23 - Fair Value of Financial Instruments for additional information on the fair value of our derivative assets and liabilities.
Revenue Recognition – Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with our customer are satisfied. Generally, this occurs with the transfer of control of our products or services. The transfer of control to the customer occurs at a point in time, usually upon satisfaction of the shipping terms within the contract. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods or providing services. The taxes we collect concurrent with revenue-producing activities (e.g., sales tax, value-added tax, and other taxes) are excluded from revenue.
Shipping and handling costs are treated as fulfillment costs and are not considered a separate performance obligation. Shipping and handling costs charged to customers and the related expenses are reported in revenues and cost of sales for all customers. The expected costs associated with our base warranties and field service actions continue to be recognized as expense when the products are sold (see Note 10 - Warranty Liability). Since payment is due at or shortly after the point of sale, the contract asset is classified as a receivable.
We do not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component when we expect, at contract inception, that the period between our transfer of a promised product or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that product or service will be one year or less. We do not typically include extended payment terms in our contracts with customers. Incidental items that are immaterial in the context of the contract are recognized as expense.
We disaggregate revenues based on geographical location. See Note 14 - Segment Information for further information on disaggregated revenue.
Advertising Costs – All costs of advertising our products and services are charged to expense as incurred. Advertising and promotion expenses included in SG&A expenses were $31.4 million in 2021, $31.7 million in 2020, and $40.0 million in 2019.
Interest Expense and Extinguishment of Debt Costs – We record debt extinguishment costs separately from interest expense within other income in the consolidated statements of operations.
Foreign Currency Translation and Adjustments – Typically, our foreign subsidiaries maintain their accounting records in their local currency. All of the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries (including long-term assets, such as goodwill) are converted to U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date, income and expense accounts are translated at average rates for the period, and shareholder’s equity accounts are translated at historical rates. The effects of translating financial statements of foreign operations into our reporting currency are recognized as a cumulative translation adjustment in consolidated other comprehensive income (loss). This balance is net of tax, where applicable.
The effects of translating financial statements of foreign operations in which the U.S. dollar is their functional currency are included in the consolidated statements of operations. The effects of translating intercompany debt are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations unless the debt is of a long-term investment nature in which case gains and losses are recorded in consolidated other comprehensive income (loss).
Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are credited or charged to income as incurred.
Income Taxes – Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on the deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We evaluate both the positive and negative evidence that is relevant in assessing whether we will realize the deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the consolidated financial statements, only if the position is more likely than not to be sustained, based on the technical merits of the position and the jurisdiction taxes of the Company. We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit and the tax related to the position would be due to the entity and not the owners. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized, upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. We apply this accounting standard to all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remains open. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.
F-14

Back to top
We file a consolidated federal income tax return in the U.S. and various states. For financial statement purposes, we calculate the provision for federal income taxes using the separate return method. Certain subsidiaries file separate tax returns in certain countries and states. Any U.S. federal, state, and foreign income taxes refundable and payable are reported in other current assets and accrued expenses and other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. We do not have any non-current taxes receivable or payable at December 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020.
We record interest and penalties on amounts due to tax authorities as a component of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. We have elected to account for the impact of GILTI in the period in which it is incurred.
Contingent Liabilities – Contingent liabilities arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, penalties, and other sources require significant judgment in determining the probability of loss and the amount of the potential loss. Each quarter, we review significant new claims and litigation for the probability of an adverse outcome. Estimates are recorded as liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Disclosure is required when there is a reasonable possibility that the ultimate loss will materially exceed the recorded provision. Contingent liabilities are often resolved over long time periods. Estimating probable losses requires analysis of multiple forecasts that often depend on judgments about potential actions by third parties, such as regulators, and the estimated loss can change materially as individual claims develop. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.
Employee Retirement and Pension Benefits – We have a defined benefit plan available to certain U.S. hourly employees and several other defined benefit plans located outside of the U.S. that are country specific. The most significant of these plans is in the U.S., which is no longer open to new employees. Amounts relating to these plans are recorded based on actuarial calculations, which use various assumptions, such as discount rates and expected return on assets. See Note 25 - Employee Retirement and Pension Benefits.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards – In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which removes certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740, including, but not limited to, accounting relating to intraperiod tax allocations, deferred tax liabilities related to outside basis differences, and year to date losses in interim periods. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. We adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2021 and the adoption did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by the discontinuation of LIBOR or by another reference rate expected to be discontinued. In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope, to clarify the scope of ASU No. 2020-04. The amendments are effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. In May 2020, we elected the expedient within ASC 848 which allows us to assume that our hedged interest payments are probable of occurring regardless of any expected modifications in their terms related to reference rate return. In addition, ASC 848 allows for the option to change the method of assessing effectiveness upon a change in critical terms of the derivative or the hedged transactions and upon the end of relief under ASC 848. At this time, we have elected to continue the method of assessing effectiveness as documented in the original hedge documentation and apply the practical expedients related to probability to assume that the reference rate on the hypothetical derivative matches the reference rate on the hedging instrument. We plan to evaluate the remaining expedients for adoption, as applicable, when contracts are modified. We currently do not expect this guidance to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements. Refer to Note 22 - Derivative Financial Instruments for additional disclosure information relating to our hedging activity.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The standard requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost and adds an impairment model that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, Codification Improvements to (Topic 326), Financial Instruments-Credit Losses, (Topic 815), Derivatives and Hedging, and (Topic 825), Financial Instruments, to clarify and address certain items related to the amendments of ASU No. 2016-13. We adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2020 using the modified retrospective approach, which primarily impacted our allowance for doubtful accounts as a result of our analysis of customer historical credit and collections data. Additionally, we recognized a $5.7 million cumulative effect adjustment, net of tax, to retained earnings, which includes a $7.6 million increase to the allowance for doubtful accounts and a $1.9 million net impact to deferred tax assets.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) Section A - Leases: Amendments to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The standard requires lessees to recognize the assets and liabilities arising from leases
F-15

Back to top
on the balance sheet and retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases. The classification criteria for distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases are substantially similar to the classification criteria for distinguishing between capital leases and operating leases in the previous lease guidance. We adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2019 including the practical expedients outlined in ASU No. 2018-01, Leases (Topic 842) Land Easement Practical Expedient for transition to ASC 842, the additional transition method and election to combine lease and nonlease components for real estate leases outlined in ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842) Targeted Improvements, and the accounting policy election outlined in ASU No. 2018-20, Leases (Topic 842) Narrow-scope Improvements for Lessors. The adoption of the standard has had a significant impact on our consolidated balance sheet due to the recognition of approximately $200 million of lease liabilities with corresponding right-of-use assets for operating leases. Additionally, we recognized a $0.8 million cumulative effect adjustment credit, net of tax, to retained earnings. The adjustment to retained earnings was driven by a build-to-suit capital lease that transitioned to an operating lease under the new standard. The deferred tax impact on adoption was immaterial.
We have considered the applicability and impact of all ASUs. We have assessed ASUs not listed above and have determined that they were either not applicable or were not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.
Note 2. Accounts Receivable
We sell our manufactured products to a large number of customers, primarily in the residential housing construction and remodel sectors, broadly dispersed across many domestic and foreign geographic regions. We assess the credit risk relating to our accounts receivable based on quantitative and qualitative factors, primarily historical credit collections within each region where we have operations. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers to minimize credit risk. We do not usually require collateral for accounts receivable, but will require advance payment, guarantees, a security interest in the products sold to a customer, and/or letters of credit in certain situations. Customer accounts receivable converted to notes receivable are collateralized by inventory or other collateral. One window and door customer from our North America segment represents 15.0%, 15.4%, and 14.6% of net revenues in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
As of January 1, 2020, we adopted ASC 326 - Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments on a modified retrospective basis, which increased the allowance for doubtful accounts by $7.6 million on the date of adoption.
The following is a roll forward of our allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Balance as of January 1,$(12,934)$(5,967)$(6,227)
Charges to income (expense)765 (649)(961)
Write-offs1,694 1,898 1,407 
Additions related to adoption of 2016-09— (7,635)— 
Acquisitions— — (235)
Currency translation
298 (581)49 
Balance at period end$(10,177)$(12,934)$(5,967)
Note 3. Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Finished goods and work-in-process inventories include material, labor, and manufacturing overhead costs.
(amounts in thousands)20212020
Raw materials
$478,566 $382,698 
Work in process
36,065 35,712 
Finished goods
101,340 93,818 
Total inventories$615,971 $512,228 
F-16

Back to top
Note 4. Property and Equipment, Net
(amounts in thousands)20212020
Land improvements$31,808 $32,312 
Buildings519,008 536,376 
Machinery and equipment1,461,884 1,508,979 
Total depreciable assets2,012,700 2,077,667 
Accumulated depreciation(1,339,057)(1,349,423)
673,643 728,244 
Land65,641 72,525 
Construction in progress59,520 71,816 
Total property and equipment, net$798,804 $872,585 
In the fourth quarter of 2021, we reclassified $35.9 million of property, plant and equipment, net, to assets held for sale. Refer to Note 18 - Held for Sale for additional information.
We monitor all property and equipment for any indicators of potential impairment. We recorded impairment charges of $2.0 million, $2.0 million, and $3.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively.
The effect on our carrying value of property and equipment due to currency translations for foreign property and equipment, net, was a decrease of $21.9 million and an increase of $27.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Depreciation expense was recorded as follows:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Cost of sales
$93,244 $88,551 $84,449 
Selling, general and administrative
7,872 9,594 9,882 
Total depreciation expense$101,116 $98,145 $94,331 
Note 5. Goodwill
The following table summarizes the changes in goodwill by reportable segment:
(amounts in thousands)North
America
EuropeAustralasiaTotal
Reportable
Segments
Balance as of December 31, 2019$247,502 $273,912 $81,086 $602,500 
Currency translation
148 29,485 7,734 37,367 
Balance as of December 31, 2020$247,650 $303,397 $88,820 $639,867 
Transfers to assets held for sale (Note 18)
(65,000)— — (65,000)
Currency translation
(5)(24,729)(4,920)(29,654)
Balance as of December 31, 2021
$182,645 $278,668 $83,900 $545,213 
In accordance with current accounting guidance, we identified three reporting units for the purpose of conducting our goodwill impairment review. In determining our reportable units, we considered (i) whether an operating segment or a component of an operating segment was a business, (ii) whether discrete financial information was available, and (iii) whether the financial information is regularly reviewed by management of the operating segment. We performed our annual impairment assessment as of the beginning of the December fiscal month of 2021. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, each reporting unit’s fair value was in excess of its net carrying value, and therefore, no goodwill impairment was recorded.
F-17

Back to top
Note 6. Intangible Assets, Net
The cost and accumulated amortization values of our intangible assets were as follows:
December 31, 2021
(amounts in thousands)CostAccumulated
Amortization
Net
Book Value
Customer relationships and agreements
$145,940 $(73,635)$72,305 
Software
118,114 (35,816)82,298 
Trademarks and trade names
55,806 (10,771)45,035 
Patents, licenses and rights
46,353 (23,810)22,543 
Total amortizable intangibles$366,213 $(144,032)$222,181 
December 31, 2020
(amounts in thousands)CostAccumulated
Amortization
Net
Book Value
Customer relationships and agreements$155,006 $(68,186)$86,820 
Software106,697 (26,801)79,896 
Trademarks and trade names60,699 (9,821)50,878 
Patents, licenses and rights48,759 (20,298)28,461 
Total amortizable intangibles$371,161 $(125,106)$246,055 
Through December 31, 2021, we have capitalized software costs of $90.1 million related to the application development stage of our global ERP system implementation, including $14.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. In March 2020, we impaired $3.4 million of capitalized software within impairment and restructuring charges in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations due to delays in implementation of certain ERP modules and the uncertainty of its future. In the third quarter of 2020, we reduced the estimated useful life of our initial ERP instance from 15 years to 10 years to align with our current plans for our future global ERP system. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we placed in service and began amortizing our current global ERP instance over its estimated useful life of 10 years. As of December 31, 2021, we have placed $85.9 million in service and are amortizing the cost of our global ERP system over its estimated useful life.
The effect on our carrying value of intangible assets due to currency translations for foreign intangible assets was a decrease of $6.3 million and an increase of $9.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Intangible assets that become fully amortized are removed from the accounts in the period that they become fully amortized. Amortization expense was recorded as follows:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Amortization expense$33,130 $28,541 $30,956 
Estimated future amortization expense:
(amounts in thousands)
2022$32,457 
202330,590 
202429,603 
202527,514 
202627,028 
Thereafter74,989 
$222,181 
F-18

Back to top
Note 7. Leases
We lease certain warehouses, distribution centers, office spaces, land, vehicles, and equipment.
Effective January 1, 2019, we adopted ASU No. 2016-02 “Leases” using the modified retrospective approach.
Lease ROU assets and liabilities at December 31 were as follows:
(amounts in thousands)Balance Sheet Location20212020
Assets:
OperatingOperating lease assets, net$201,781 $214,727 
Finance
Property and equipment, net (1)
5,327 5,791 
Total lease assets$207,108 $220,518 
Liabilities:
Current:
OperatingAccrued expense and other current liabilities$43,880 $44,319 
FinanceCurrent maturities of long-term debt1,702 1,740 
Noncurrent:
OperatingOperating lease liability166,318 177,491 
FinanceLong-term debt3,671 4,086 
Total lease liability$215,571 $227,636 
(1)    Finance lease assets are recorded net of accumulated depreciation of $3.4 million and $3.0 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we obtained $41.9 million and $55.5 million in right-of-use assets, respectively, in exchange for operating lease liabilities, primarily relating to manufacturing equipment.
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we obtained $1.7 million and $3.3 million in right-of-use assets, respectively, in exchange for finance lease liabilities.
The components of lease expense for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Operating$57,455 $56,066 $54,535 
Short term 15,070 12,803 11,543 
Variable 6,396 4,989 3,806 
Low value 1,810 1,714 1,738 
Finance 205 193 90 
Total lease costs$80,936 $75,765 $71,712 
20212020
Weighted average remaining lease terms (years):
Operating6.26.6
Finance3.43.8
Weighted average discount rate:
Operating4.2%4.2%
Finance3.1%3.5%

F-19

Back to top
Future minimum lease payment obligations under operating and finance leases are as follows:
December 31, 2021
(amounts in thousands)
Operating Leases (1)
Finance LeasesTotal
2022$54,180 $1,879 $56,059 
202346,689 1,765 48,454 
202437,503 1,433 38,936 
202529,658 374 30,032 
202618,882 131 19,013 
Thereafter57,604 111 57,715 
Total lease payments244,516 5,693 250,209 
Less: Interest34,318 320 34,638 
Present value of lease liability$210,198 $5,373 $215,571 
(1)    Operating lease payments include $1.6 million related to options to extend lease terms that are reasonably certain of being exercised.
Note 8. Accrued Payroll and Benefits
(amounts in thousands)20212020
Accrued vacation$52,776 $49,902 
Accrued payroll and commissions34,398 29,911 
Accrued payroll taxes27,127 26,218 
Other accrued benefits11,720 8,052 
Accrued bonuses6,562 28,100 
Non-U.S. defined contributions and other accrued benefits3,406 9,559 
Total accrued payroll and benefits$135,989 $151,742 
Accrued payroll taxes relates to provisions included within the CARES Act for the deferral of payroll taxes. Additional information is disclosed within Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies within COVID-19.
Note 9. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
(amounts in thousands)20212020
Accrued sales and advertising rebates
$90,623 $87,030 
Current portion of operating lease liability43,880 44,319 
Accrued expenses30,320 15,751 
Non-income related taxes
25,030 31,436 
Current portion of warranty liability (Note 10)
23,523 21,766 
Accrued freight19,020 18,967 
Accrued income taxes payable 16,237 11,224 
Current portion of accrued claim costs relating to self-insurance programs
14,352 11,882 
Deferred revenue13,884 13,453 
Current portion of derivative liability (Note 22)
5,527 9,778 
Accrued interest payable
3,633 3,681 
Legal claims provision3,476 108,629 
Current portion of restructuring accrual (Note 19)
171 1,373 
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities$289,676 $379,289 
F-20

Back to top
The legal claims provision relates primarily to contingencies associated with the ongoing legal matters disclosed in Note 24 - Commitments and Contingencies.
The accrued sales and advertising rebates, accrued interest payable, accrued freight, and non-income related taxes can fluctuate significantly period-over-period due to timing of payments.
Note 10. Warranty Liability
Warranty terms vary from one year to lifetime on certain window and door components. Warranties are normally limited to servicing or replacing defective components for the original customer. Product defects arising within six months of sale are classified as manufacturing defects and are not included in the current period expense below. Some warranties are transferable to subsequent owners and are either limited to 10 years from the date of manufacture or require pro-rata payments from the customer. A provision for estimated warranty costs is recorded at the time of sale based on historical experience and is periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience.
An analysis of our warranty liability is as follows:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Balance as of January 1$52,296 $49,716 $46,468 
Current period charges27,928 23,906 20,853 
Liabilities assumed due to acquisition
— — 2,104 
Experience adjustments
4,105 3,213 1,890 
Payments
(28,558)(25,113)(21,818)
Transfers to assets held for sale (Note 18)
(518)— — 
Currency translation
(393)574 219 
Balance at period end54,860 52,296 49,716 
Current portion
(23,523)(21,766)(21,054)
Long-term portion
$31,337 $30,530 $28,662 
The most significant component of our warranty liability is in the North America segment, which totaled $46.2 million at December 31, 2021, after discounting future estimated cash flows at rates between 0.53% and 4.75%. Without discounting, the liability would have been higher by approximately $2.4 million.
F-21

Back to top
Note 11. Long-Term Debt
Our long-term debt, net of original issue discount and unamortized debt issuance costs, consisted of the following:
December 31, 2021December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
(amounts in thousands)Interest Rate
Senior Secured Notes and Senior Notes
4.63% - 6.25%
$1,050,000 $1,050,000 
Term loans
1.30% - 2.35%
547,598 588,881 
Finance leases and other financing arrangements
1.15% - 5.95%
97,874 113,174 
Mortgage notes1.65%25,411 29,296 
Total Debt
1,720,883 1,781,351 
Unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discounts(14,626)(13,309)
 Current maturities of long-term debt(38,561)(66,702)
Long-term debt$1,667,696 $1,701,340 
Maturities by year, excluding unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discounts:
2022$38,560 
202324,585 
202422,924 
2025671,579 
202618,475 
Summaries of our significant changes to outstanding debt agreements as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:
Senior Secured Notes and Senior Notes
In May 2020, we issued $250.0 million of Senior Secured Notes bearing interest at 6.25% and maturing in May 2025 in a private placement for resale to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The proceeds were net of fees and expenses associated with debt issuance, including an underwriting fee of 1.25%. Interest is payable semiannually, in arrears, each May and November through maturity, which began November 2020.
In December 2017, we issued $800.0 million of unsecured Senior Notes in two tranches: $400.0 million bearing interest at 4.63% and maturing in December 2025, and $400.0 million bearing interest at 4.88% and maturing in December 2027 in a private placement for resale to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
Term Loans
U.S. Facility - In December 2017, along with the issuance of the Senior Notes, we re-priced and amended the facility, which resulted in a principal balance of $440.0 million. These re-priced term loans were offered at par and bore interest at the rate of LIBOR (subject to a floor of 0.00%) plus a margin of 1.75% to 2.00%, determined by our corporate credit ratings. This amendment also modified other terms and provisions, including providing for additional covenant flexibility and additional capacity under the facility.
In February 2019, we purchased interest rate caps in order to effectively fix a 3.0% per annum ceiling on the LIBOR component of an aggregate $150.0 million of our term loans. The caps became effective March 2019 and expired in December 2021.
In September 2019, we amended the Term Loan Facility to provide for an incremental aggregate principal amount of $125.0 million and used the proceeds primarily to repay $115.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the ABL Facility. The proceeds were net of the original issue discount of 0.5%, or $0.6 million, as well as $0.6 million in fees and expenses associated with the debt issuance. This amendment required that approximately $1.4 million of the aggregate principal amount be repaid quarterly until the maturity date.
F-22

Back to top
In July 2021, we amended the Term Loan Facility to, among other things, extend the maturity date from December 2024 to July 2028 and provide additional covenant flexibility. Pursuant to the amendment, certain existing and new lenders advanced $550.0 million of replacement term loans, the proceeds of which were used to prepay in full the amount outstanding under the existing term loans. The replacement term loans bear interest at LIBOR (subject to a floor of 0.00%) plus a margin of 2.00% to 2.25% depending on JWI’s corporate credit ratings. In addition, the amendment also modifies certain other terms and provisions of the Term Loan Facility. Voluntary prepayments of the replacement term loans are permitted at any time, in certain minimum principal amounts, but are subject to a 1.00% premium during the first six months. As a result of this amendment, we recognized debt extinguishment costs of $1.3 million, which included $1.0 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and original discount fees. As of the date of the amendment, the outstanding principal balance, net of original issue discount, was $548.6 million. As of December 31, 2021, the outstanding principal balance, net of original issue discount, was $545.9 million.
In May 2020, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with a weighted average fixed rate of 0.395% paid against one-month LIBOR floored at 0.00% with outstanding notional amounts aggregating to $370.0 million corresponding to that amount of the debt outstanding under our Term Loan Facility. The interest rate swap agreements are designated as cash flow hedges of a portion of the interest obligations on our Term Loan Facility borrowings and mature in December 2023. See Note 22 - Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information on our derivative assets and liabilities.
Australia Facility - In June 2019, we reallocated AUD 5.0 million from the term loan commitment to the interchangeable commitment of the Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility. The amended AUD 50.0 million floating rate term loan facility bore interest at a base rate of BBSY plus a margin ranging from 1.00% to 1.10%, included a line fee of 1.25% on the commitment amount, and was set to mature in February 2023. During the second quarter of 2021, we repaid the outstanding principal balance of AUD 50.0 million ($38.4 million) and terminated the term loan commitment.
Both the term loan and non-term loan portions of the Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility are or were secured by guarantees of JWA and its subsidiaries, fixed and floating charges on the assets of JWA group, and mortgages on certain real properties owned by the JWA group. The combined agreement requires that JWA maintain certain financial ratios, including a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio and a maximum consolidated debt to EBITDA ratio. The agreement limits dividends and repayments of intercompany loans where the JWA group is the borrower and limits acquisitions without the bank’s consent.
Revolving Credit Facilities
ABL Facility - In December 2019, we amended the ABL facility, at the time a $400.0 million asset-based loan revolving credit facility and would have matured in December 2022, which did not have a financial impact. This facility previously bore interest primarily at LIBOR (subject to a floor of 0.00%) plus a margin of 1.25% to 1.75%, determined by availability. Extensions of credit are limited by a borrowing base calculated based on specified percentages of the value of eligible accounts receivable and inventory, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. We pay a fee of 0.25% on the unused portion of the commitments. The ABL Facility has a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio that we are obligated to comply with under certain circumstances. The ABL Facility has various non-financial covenants, including restrictions on liens, indebtedness, dividends, customary representations and warranties, and share repurchases, as well as customary events of default and remedies.
In March 2020, we drew $100.0 million under our ABL Facility as a precautionary measure to ensure funding of our seasonal working capital cash requirements given the significant impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on global financial markets and economies. In May 2020, we utilized a portion of the proceeds received from our issuance of the $250.0 million of Senior Secured Notes to repay the outstanding balance on our ABL Facility. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we began to include the accounts receivable and inventory balances of certain recently acquired U.S. businesses in determining our availability, which expanded our borrowing base.
In July 2021, we amended the ABL Facility to, among other things, extend the maturity date from December 2022 to July 2026, increase the aggregate commitment to $500.0 million, amend the interest rate grid applicable to the loans thereunder, provide additional covenant flexibility, and conform certain terms and provisions to the Term Loan Facility. Pursuant to the amendment, the amount allocated to U.S. borrowers was increased to $465.0 million. The amount that could be allocated to Canadian borrowers was maintained at $35.0 million. Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear, at the borrower’s option, interest at either a base rate plus a margin of 0.25% to 0.50% depending on excess availability or LIBOR plus a margin of 1.25% to 1.50% depending on excess availability. As of December 31, 2021, we had no outstanding borrowings, $36.7 million in letters of credit and $425.8 million available under the ABL Facility.
Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility - In June 2019, we amended the Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility, reallocating availability from the Australia Term Loan Facility and collapsing the floating rate revolving loan facility into an AUD 35.0 million interchangeable facility to be used for guarantees, asset financing, and loans of twelve months or less. The interchangeable facility no longer has a set maturity date but is instead subject to an annual review.
F-23

Back to top
In May 2020, we amended the Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility to relax certain financial covenants. The amended non-term loan portion of the facility bore line fees of 0.70%, compared to line fees of 0.50% under the previous amendment. The amendment also provided for a supplemental AUD 30.0 million floating rate revolving loan facility.
In December 2021, we amended the Australia Senior Secured Credit Facility to reinstate maintenance financial covenant ratios to pre-pandemic thresholds and renew the facility through the next annual review, which will occur in June 2022. The amended facility includes line fees of 0.50%, compared to line fees of 0.70% under the previous amendment. As of December 31, 2021, we had AUD 22.6 million ($16.4 million) available under this facility.
At December 31, 2021, we had combined borrowing availability of $442.2 million under our revolving credit facilities.
Mortgage Notes – In December 2007, we entered into thirty-year mortgage notes secured by land and buildings with principal payments which began in 2018. As of December 31, 2021, we had DKK 166.9 million ($25.4 million) outstanding under these notes.
Finance leases and other financing arrangements In addition to finance leases, we include insurance premium financing arrangements and loans secured by equipment in this category. As of December 31, 2021, we had $97.9 million outstanding in this category, with maturities ranging from 2022 to 2028.
As of December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with the terms of all of our credit facilities and the indentures governing the Senior Notes and Senior Secured Notes.
Note 12. Deferred Credits and Other Liabilities
Included in deferred credits and other liabilities is the long-term portion of the following liabilities as of December 31:
(amounts in thousands)20212020
Warranty liability (Note 10)
$31,337 $30,530 
Uncertain tax positions (Note 13)
27,951 21,764 
Workers' compensation claims accrual19,165 16,856 
Accrued payroll taxes10,427 10,427 
Environmental contingencies (Note 24)
11,800 8,300 
Other liabilities1,921 2,594 
Deferred income278 — 
Long term derivative liability (Note 22)
— 897 
Total deferred credits and other liabilities$102,879 $91,368 
Accrued payroll taxes relates to provisions included within the CARES Act for the deferral of payroll taxes. Additional information is disclosed within Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies within COVID-19.
Note 13. Income Taxes
Income before taxes, equity earnings is comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Domestic (loss) income$55,579 $(8,791)$(784)
Foreign income148,783 125,466 120,829 
Total income before taxes$204,362 $116,675 $120,045 
Our foreign income is historically driven by our subsidiaries in Australia, Canada, Germany, and the U.K.
F-24

Back to top
Significant components of the provision for income taxes are as follows for the years ended December 31:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Federal
$663 $3,053 $5,037 
State
480 756 935 
Foreign
49,370 30,343 29,264 
Current taxes50,513 34,152 35,236 
Federal
3,688 (8,134)11,771 
State
(5,927)68 6,620 
Foreign
(12,734)(997)3,447 
Deferred taxes(14,973)(9,063)21,838 
Total provision for income taxes$35,540 $25,089 $57,074 
The FASB Staff Q&A, Topic 740, No. 5, Accounting for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income, states that we are permitted to make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to such income in the year the tax is incurred. We have elected to account for the impact of GILTI in the period in which it is incurred. During 2020, the US Treasury issued final regulations governing the treatment of GILTI under IRC§ 951A. Included in these final regulations was a provision to allow taxpayers to make an annual election to exclude certain foreign income which is subject to a threshold level of tax in their respective foreign jurisdiction from US tax as GILTI (the High Tax Exclusion or “HTE election”). While this HTE election had been outlined in the proposed regulations issued in 2019, the final regulations allowed the election to be applied retroactively. By making this election as well as finalizing other related planning steps, we were able to effectively restore certain tax attributes recorded as deferred tax assets consisting primarily of U.S. NOLs originally impacted by GILTI resulting in net tax benefit of $10.8 million.
The CARES Act, among other things, increased the limitation on the deductibility of business interest to 50% of "adjusted taxable income" for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2018 and before January 1, 2021 and allows taxpayers to elect to compute the limitation on business interest expense for 2020 by using its "adjusted taxable income" from 2019.
The significant components of the deferred income tax benefit attributed to income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 were the favorable effects of tax planning optimizing the HTE election completed during the year allowing us to further reduce the impact of GILTI. The significant components of the deferred income tax benefit attributed to income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, were the net increases in deferred tax assets related to the retroactive HTE election. The significant components of deferred income tax expense attributed to income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2019, were increases to the valuation allowances for deferred tax assets, primarily in the U.S.
F-25

Back to top
Reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to our effective tax rate is as follows for the years ended December 31:
202120202019
(amounts in thousands)Amount%Amount%Amount%
Statutory rate
$42,916 21.0$24,502 21.0$25,209 21.0
State income tax, net of federal benefit
2,425 1.2(444)(0.4)3,180 2.6
Foreign source dividends and deemed inclusions(9,822)(4.8)11,170 9.610,797 9.0
Valuation allowance
(6,922)(3.4)(17,489)(15.0)10,144 8.4
Nondeductible expenses
3,172 1.61,653 1.41,276 1.1
Equity based compensation
(787)(0.4)2,185 1.92,526 2.1
Foreign tax rate differential
1,176 0.51,613 1.41,964 1.6
Tax rate differences and credits
(10,796)(5.3)26,001 22.3(1,867)(1.5)
Uncertain tax positions
8,711 4.3(2,685)(2.3)1,604 1.3
Change in indefinite reversal assertion5,016 2.5— — 
Termination of hedge accounting
— — 4,533 3.8
U.S. Tax Reform
— (21,797)(18.7)— 
Disposition of subsidiary
— — (2,384)(2.0)
Other
451 0.2380 0.392 0.1
Effective tax rate$35,540 17.4%$25,089 21.5%$57,074 47.5%
During the year ended December 31, 2021, we recognized $12.2 million of U.S. tax benefits attributed to the effect of tax planning, primarily related to the impact of GILTI, a benefit of $6.7 million from the reduction to state NOL and state credits valuation allowance, and $3.6 million of tax benefit attributable to research and development tax credits, partially offset by $5.0 million tax expense attributable to removing our assertion on certain undistributed foreign earnings.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized a tax benefit of $10.8 million related the HTE election and related planning. The tax benefit consisted of a benefit of $21.8 million directly related to the HTE election, a benefit of $20.1 million from the reduction of the U.S. valuation allowance, partially offset by tax expense of $28.0 million related to a reduction in U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards, and $3.1 million of additional state tax expense related to the adjustments above.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized tax expense of $4.5 million upon the termination of hedge accounting to relieve the disproportionate tax effect previously in accumulated other comprehensive income. We also recognized a $2.4 million tax benefit arising from the disposition of our subsidiary, Creative Media Development, Inc. (“CMD”).
F-26

Back to top
Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of our assets, liabilities, and operating loss carryforwards. Significant deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows as of December 31:
(amounts in thousands)20212020
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
$217,634 $180,203 
Operating lease liabilities
55,663 58,405 
Employee benefits and compensation
44,660 53,135 
Accrued liabilities and other
34,532 52,057 
Inventory
6,798 6,855 
Allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivable3,856 3,887 
Investments and marketable securities
— 2,392 
Gross deferred tax assets363,143 356,934 
Valuation allowance
(45,476)(51,847)
Deferred tax assets317,667 305,087 
Depreciation and amortization
(63,348)(56,844)
Operating lease assets
(53,410)(56,370)
Investments and marketable securities
(1,713)— 
Investment in subsidiaries(4,218)— 
Deferred tax liabilities(122,689)(113,214)
Net deferred tax assets$194,978 $191,873 
Balance sheet presentation:
Long-term assets
$204,232 $199,194 
Long-term liabilities
(9,254)(7,321)
Net deferred tax assets$194,978 $191,873 
Valuation Allowance – The realization of deferred tax assets is based on historical tax positions and estimates of future taxable income. We evaluate both the positive and negative evidence that we believe is relevant in assessing whether we will realize the deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the effect of available carryback and carryforward periods), and projected taxable income in making this assessment. To fully utilize the NOLs and tax credits carryforwards, we will need to generate sufficient future taxable income in each respective jurisdiction before the expiration of the deferred tax assets governed by the applicable tax code.
We had a valuation allowance of $45.5 million and $51.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The decrease was allocated to continuing operations and primarily driven by a decrease of $6.7 million for state NOL and state credits due to the impact of forecasted taxable income in the carry-forward period.
We had a valuation allowance of $51.8 million and $67.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The decrease was allocated to continuing operations and primarily driven by a decrease of $20.1 million for U.S. foreign tax credits, partially offset by an increase of $1.1 million for state NOL and credits due to the impact of forecasted taxable income in the carry-forward period, an increase of $1.5 million for changes in current year earnings for certain other subsidiaries, and foreign exchange.
F-27

Back to top
The following is the activity in our valuation allowance:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Balance as of January 1,$(51,847)$(67,664)$(57,571)
Valuation allowances established
— — (2,001)
Changes to existing valuation allowances
(2,486)(2,622)(8,043)
Release of valuation allowances
7,510 20,111 — 
Currency translation
1,347 (1,672)(49)
Balance at period end$(45,476)$(51,847)$(67,664)
Loss Carryforwards – We generated net NOL carryforwards of $149.7 million worldwide due to taxable losses incurred during the year ended December 31, 2021. We reduced our income tax payments by utilizing NOL carryforwards of $10.6 million, $97.7 million, and $208.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The 2020 utilization was offset by the restoration of certain NOL’s totaling approximately $203.4 million primarily as a result of the HTE election and related planning as outlined above as well as differences arising from tax return filings. At December 31, 2021, our federal, state and foreign NOL carryforwards totaled $1,560.6 million, of which $96.4 million does not expire; the remainder expires as follows:
(amounts in thousands)
2022$8,729 
202321,145 
202449,657 
202539,761 
Thereafter1,344,930 
Total loss carryforwards$1,464,222 
As of December 31, 2021, our capital loss carryforwards totaled $21.1 million, which are all foreign and do not expire.
Section 382 Net Operating Loss Limitation – On November 20, 2017 and October 3, 2011, we had a change in ownership pursuant to Section 382 of the Code. Under this provision of the Code, the utilization of any of our NOL or tax credit carryforwards, incurred prior to the date of ownership change, may be limited. Analyses of the respective limits for each ownership change indicated no reason to believe the annual limitation would impair our ability to utilize our NOL carryforward or net tax credit carryforwards as provided. We have concluded the limitation under Section 382 should not prevent us from fully utilizing these historical NOLs.
F-28

Back to top
Tax Credit Carryforwards – Our tax credit carryforwards expire as follows:
(amounts in thousands)EZ CreditR & E creditForeign Tax CreditWork Opportunity & Welfare to Work CreditState Investment Tax CreditsTip CreditTOTAL
2022$— $173 $1,061 $— $11 $— $1,245 
2023— 14 5,735 — 1,682 — 7,431 
2024— 147 3,514 — 99 — 3,760 
2025— 173 4,863 — 38 — 5,074 
2026— 158 3,108 — — — 3,266 
Thereafter68 16,181 — 7,216 65 102 23,632 
$68 $16,846 $18,281 $7,216 $1,895 $102 $44,408 
Earnings of Foreign Subsidiaries – The Company continually evaluates its global cash needs and has historically asserted that most of its unremitted foreign earnings are permanently reinvested and did not record deferred taxes on such amounts. During the third quarter of 2021, the Company determined that it could no longer make this assertion as cash from foreign subsidiaries may be remitted in the foreseeable future. As a result, the Company removed its indefinite reinvestment assertion on a majority of unremitted earnings and certain other aspects of outside basis differences in its foreign subsidiaries and has recorded the deferred tax impacts in the period to account for potential withholdings and income taxes. During 2021, the Company recorded a deferred tax expense of $5.0 million related to taxes which would be owed if these earnings were remitted to the U.S. parent. The Company continues to make an indefinite reinvestment assertion on other aspects of the outside basis differences in foreign subsidiaries that would attract a significant cost of capital. For the portion of our outside basis in foreign subsidiaries that we maintain an indefinite reinvestment assertion, we hold a combined book-over tax basis difference of $261.9 million and $449.4 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. We estimate potential withholding and income taxes of $13.1 million on the portion of our outside basis difference in foreign subsidiaries for which we continue to make an indefinite reinvestment assertion as of December 31, 2021, compared to $22.0 million as of December 31, 2020. The Company continues to evaluate its cash needs and may update its assertion in future periods.
Dual-Rate Jurisdiction – Estonia and Latvia tax the corporate profits of resident corporations at different rates depending upon whether the profits are distributed. The undistributed profits of resident corporations are exempt from taxation while any distributed profits are subject to a 20% corporate income tax rate. The liability for the tax on distributed profits is recorded as an income tax expense in the period in which a dividend is declared. The balance of retained earnings of our Estonian subsidiary which, if distributed, would be subject to this this tax was $78.7 million and $74.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The balance of retained earnings of our Latvian subsidiary which, if distributed, would be subject to this tax was $27.0 million and $24.3 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Tax Payments and Balances – We made tax payments of $38.6 million, $26.8 million, $32.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, primarily for foreign liabilities. We received tax refunds of $2.1 million, $6.4 million, and $5.6 million during the years ended in December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The primary jurisdictions for which refunds were received in the current year are Australia and the U.S. Total receivables for tax refunds are recorded in other current assets in the accompanying balance sheets and totaled $4.0 million and $4.1 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Foreign payables for taxes are recorded in accrued income taxes payable in the accompanying balance sheets and totaled $16.2 million and $11.2 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. We do not have any non-current taxes receivable or payable as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
F-29

Back to top
Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions – A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest and penalties is as follows:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Balance as of January 1,$16,995 $16,205 $15,500 
Increase for tax positions taken during the prior period
10,367 1,105 1,383 
Decrease for settlements with taxing authorities
— (34)(426)
Increase (decrease) for tax positions taken during the current period869 — (38)
Decrease due to statute expiration(163)(1,569)— 
Currency translation
(1,243)1,288 (214)
Balance at period end - unrecognized tax benefit26,825 16,995 16,205 
Accrued interest and penalties
7,486 5,567 5,671 
$34,311 $22,562 $21,876 
Unrecognized tax benefits were $26.8 million, $17.0 million, and $16.2 million at December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The increase is primarily related to an increase in management’s assessment of a potential liability as a result of ongoing tax audit discussions in Europe as well as uncertainty on prior years’ research and development tax credits in the U.S. The unrecognized tax benefit recorded in the current year for Europe is partially offset by an increase in deferred tax assets expected to be recovered should these liabilities be assessed. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are reported as a component of tax expense and included in the total uncertain tax position balance within deferred credits and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
A significant portion of our uncertain tax positions relates to the implementation of the Capacity Management Agreements within the European business (“CMA”) which took place in January 1, 2015. The CMA changed the manner in which we manage our manufacturing capacity and the distribution and sale of our products in Europe. The reorganization of our Europe segment was part of our review of our operations structure and management that began in 2014 and resulted in changes in taxable income for certain of our subsidiaries within that reportable segment. Effective January 1, 2015, our subsidiary JELD-WEN U.K. Limited (the “Managing Subsidiary”) entered into an agreement (the “Managing Agreement”) with several of our other subsidiaries in Europe (collectively, the “Operating Subsidiaries”). The Managing Agreement provides that the Managing Subsidiary will receive a fee from the Operating Subsidiaries in exchange for performing various management and decision-making services for the Operating Subsidiaries. As a result, the Managing Agreement shifts certain risks (and correlated benefits) from the Operating Subsidiaries to the Managing Subsidiary. In exchange, the Managing Subsidiary guarantees a specific return to each Operating Subsidiary on a before interest and taxes basis, commensurate with such Operating Subsidiary’s functions and risk profile. While there is no impact on the consolidated reporting of the Europe segment due to the Managing Agreement, there may be changes in taxable income of the Operating Subsidiaries. Therefore, we have reserved for a potential loss resulting from such uncertainty.
There were benefits of $19.3 million, $14.5 million, and $13.8 million included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, that would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. We cannot reasonably estimate the conclusion of certain non-US income tax examinations and its outcome at this time.
We operate in multiple foreign tax jurisdictions and are generally open to examination for tax years 2015 and forward. In the U.S., we are open to examination at the federal level for tax years 2013 and forward and at state and local jurisdictions for tax years 2015 and forward. We are under examination in Austria, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Germany, Hong Kong, Hungary, Indonesia, Latvia, Switzerland, Malaysia, and the United Kingdom for tax years 2011 through 2017, and generally remain open to examination for other non-US jurisdictions for tax years 2015 forward.
F-30

Back to top
Note 14. Segment Information
We report our segment information in the same way management internally organizes the business in assessing performance and making decisions regarding allocation of resources in accordance with ASC 280-10- Segment Reporting. We determined that we have three reportable segments, organized and managed principally by geographic region. Our reportable segments are North America, Europe, and Australasia. We report all other business activities in Corporate and unallocated costs. Factors considered in determining the three reportable segments include the nature of business activities, the management structure accountable directly to the CODM, the discrete financial information available and the information regularly reviewed by the CODM. Management reviews net revenues and Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate segment performance and allocate resources. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), adjusted for the following items: loss from discontinued operations, net of tax; equity earnings of non-consolidated entities; income tax (benefit) expense; depreciation and amortization; interest expense, net; impairment and restructuring charges; gain on previously held shares of equity investment; (gain) loss on sale of property and equipment; share-based compensation expense; non-cash foreign exchange transaction/translation (income) loss; other items; other non-cash items; and costs related to debt restructuring and debt refinancing.
The following tables set forth certain information relating to our segments’ operations:
(amounts in thousands)North
America
EuropeAustralasiaTotal Operating
Segments
Corporate
and
Unallocated
Costs
Total
Consolidated
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Total net revenues
$2,829,918 $1,355,111 $610,737 $4,795,766 $— $4,795,766 
Intersegment net revenues
(678)(2,661)(20,708)(24,047)— (24,047)
Net revenues from external customers
$2,829,240 $1,352,450 $590,029 $4,771,719 $— $4,771,719 
Depreciation and amortization
$72,095 $32,855 $20,892 $125,842 $11,405 $137,247 
Impairment and restructuring charges
1,200 1,453 394 3,047 (97)2,950 
Adjusted EBITDA
352,881 127,292 71,448 551,621 (86,542)465,079 
Capital expenditures49,805 29,611 5,492 84,908 14,785 99,693 
Segment assets$1,634,937 $1,188,024 $542,793 $3,365,754 $372,917 $3,738,671 
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Total net revenues
$2,529,960 $1,189,974 $529,882 $4,249,816 $— $4,249,816 
Intersegment net revenues
(967)(2,197)(10,975)(14,139)— (14,139)
Net revenues from external customers
$2,528,993 $1,187,777 $518,907 $4,235,677 $— $4,235,677 
Depreciation and amortization
$77,361 $29,712 $19,341 $126,414 $8,209 $134,623 
Impairment and restructuring charges
3,164 3,682 320 7,166 3,303 10,469 
Adjusted EBITDA
315,952 136,363 62,449 514,764 (68,350)446,414 
Capital expenditures34,815 32,353 10,207 77,375 19,521 96,896 
Segment assets$1,498,778 $1,152,251 0$598,411 $3,249,440 $715,245 $3,964,685 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Total net revenues
$2,535,810 $1,178,589 $585,341 $4,299,740 $— $4,299,740 
Intersegment net revenues
(1,474)(148)(8,357)(9,979)— (9,979)
Net revenues from external customers
$2,534,336 $1,178,441 $576,984 $4,289,761 $— $4,289,761 
Depreciation and amortization
$81,905 $28,944 $17,787 $128,636 $5,333 $133,969 
Impairment and restructuring charges
7,301 6,182 7,111 20,594 957 21,551 
Adjusted EBITDA
267,335 116,193 74,484 458,012 (42,974)415,038 
Capital expenditures
46,799 23,611 32,619 103,029 33,163 136,192 
Segment assets
$1,530,135 $974,076 $510,845 $3,015,056 $366,276 $3,381,332 
F-31

Back to top
Reconciliations of net income to Adjusted EBITDA are as follows:
Year Ended
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Net income$168,822 $91,586 $62,971 
Income tax expense35,540 25,089 57,074 
Depreciation and amortization137,247 134,623 133,969 
Interest expense, net77,566 74,800 71,778 
Impairment and restructuring charges(1)
3,848 10,732 22,748 
Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment2,049 (4,153)1,745 
Share-based compensation expense20,209 16,399 13,315 
Non-cash foreign exchange transaction/translation (income) loss (13,769)12,904 3,438 
Other items (2)
32,225 84,282 47,266 
Costs relating to debt restructuring and debt refinancing
1,342 170 — 
Other non-cash items (3)
— (18)734 
Adjusted EBITDA$465,079 $446,414 $415,038 
(1)Impairment and restructuring charges consist of (i) impairment and restructuring charges that are included in our accompanying consolidated statements of operations plus (ii) additional charges relating to inventory write-downs and/or manufacturing of our products at locations with restructuring activities are included in cost of sales in our accompanying consolidated statements of operations of operations $898, $263, and $1,197 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. For further explanation of impairment and restructuring charges that are included in our consolidated statements of operations, see Note 19 - Impairment and Restructuring Charges in our financial statements.
(2)Other non-recurring items not core to ongoing business activity include: (i) in the year ended December 31, 2021 (1) $19,795 in legal costs and professional expenses relating primarily to litigation, (2) $4,232 in compensation and taxes associated with exercises of legacy equity awards, (3) $3,753 in expenses related to environmental matters, (4) $2,719 in facility closure, consolidation, startup, and other related costs, and (5) $1,267 in expenses related to fire damage and downtime at one of our facilities; (ii) in the year ended December 31, 2020 (1) $67,130 in legal costs and professional expenses relating primarily to litigation, (2) $7,467 in expenses related to environmental matters, (3) $6,724 in facility closure, consolidation, startup, and other related costs, (4) $1,235 in one-time lease termination charges, and (5) $1,142 of realized losses on hedges of intercompany notes; (iii) in the year ended December 31, 2019 (1) $19,147 in facility closure, consolidation, startup, and other related costs, (2) $14,963 in acquisition and integration costs including $7,077 related to purchase price structured by the former owners as retention payments for key employees of a recent acquisition, (3) $12,860 in legal costs and professional expenses relating primarily to litigation, (4) ($3,053) of realized gains on hedges of intercompany notes, (5) $1,893 in miscellaneous costs, (6) $731 in equity compensation to employees in our Australasia region, and (7) $725 in costs related to departure of former executives.
(3)    Other non-cash items include $734 for inventory adjustments in the year ended December 31, 2019.
Net revenues by locality are as follows for the years ended December 31,:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Net revenues by location of external customer
Canada
$220,962 $188,041 $187,095 
U.S.
2,589,900 2,322,079 2,327,186 
South America (including Mexico)
21,371 22,323 29,637 
Europe
1,378,645 1,212,810 1,195,207 
Australia
556,460 485,852 544,140 
Africa and other
4,381 4,572 6,496 
Total$4,771,719 $4,235,677 $4,289,761 
F-32

Back to top
Geographic information regarding property, plant, and equipment which exceed 10% of consolidated property, plant, and equipment is as follows for the years ended December 31,:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
North America:
U.S.
$425,761 $469,092 $485,278 
Other
29,901 27,722 28,096 
455,662 496,814 513,374 
Europe188,100 203,424 181,390 
Australasia:
Australia
106,037 118,778 115,335 
Other
29,928 32,944 28,786 
135,965 151,722 144,121 
Corporate:
U.S.
19,077 20,625 25,490 
Total property and equipment, net$798,804 $872,585 $864,375 
Note 15. Capital Stock
Preferred Stock - Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more series and with such rights, privileges, and preferences as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine. We have not issued any shares of Preferred Stock.
Common Stock - Common Stock includes the basis of shares outstanding plus amounts recorded as additional paid-in capital. Shares outstanding exclude the shares issued to the Employee Benefit Trust that are considered similar to treasury shares and total 193,941 shares at both December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 with a total original issuance value of $12.4 million.
We record share repurchases on their trade date and reduce shareholders’ equity and increase accounts payable. Repurchased shares are retired, and the excess of the repurchase price over the par value of the shares is charged to retained earnings.
On November 4, 2019, our Board of Directors increased the authorization under our existing share repurchase program to a total of $175.0 million with no expiration date. On July 27, 2021, the Board of Directors increased to the remaining authorization to a total of $400.0 million with no expiration date. As of December 31, 2021, $132.1 million was remaining under the repurchase program. During the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, we repurchased 11,564,009, 265,589, and 1,192,419 shares of our Common Stock, respectively, at an average price of $28.09, $18.83, and $16.77, respectively.

F-33

Back to top
Note 16. Earnings Per Share
The basic and diluted income per share calculations were determined based on the following share data:
202120202019
Weighted average outstanding shares of Common Stock basic96,563,155 100,633,392 100,618,105 
Restricted stock units, performance share units, and options to purchase Common Stock
1,807,987 1,048,589 846,220 
Weighted average outstanding shares of Common Stock diluted
98,371,142 101,681,981 101,464,325 
The following table provides the securities that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future but were not included in the computation of diluted income per share as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:
202120202019
Common Stock options1,226,906 1,721,921 1,657,437 
Restricted stock units12,590 367,461 50,113 
Performance share units751 249,084 9,704 
Note 17. Stock Compensation
In connection with our IPO, the Board adopted, and our shareholders approved, the JELD-WEN Holding, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Equity Plan, (the “Omnibus Equity Plan”). Under the Omnibus Equity Plan, equity awards may be made in respect of 7,500,000 shares of our Common Stock and may be granted in the form of options, restricted stock, RSUs, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, share awards, and performance-based awards (including performance share units and performance-based restricted stock).
Share-based compensation expense included in SG&A expenses totaled $20.2 million, $16.4 million, and $13.3 million in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. There were no material related tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2021, there was $20.5 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements. This cost is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.4 years.
Stock Options – Generally, stock option awards vest ratably each year on the anniversary date over a three year period, have an exercise term of 10 years, and any vested options must be exercised within 90 days of the employee leaving the Company. The compensation cost of option awards is charged to expense based upon the graded-vesting method over the vesting periods applicable to the option awards. The graded-vesting method provides for vesting of portions of the overall awards at interim dates and results in greater expense in earlier years than the straight-line method.
When options are granted, we calculate the fair value of common and Class B-1 Common Stock options using multiple Black-Scholes option valuation models. Expected volatilities are based upon a selection of public guideline companies. The risk-free rate was based upon U.S. Treasury rates.
Key assumptions used in the valuation models were as follows for the years ended December 31:
202120202019
Expected volatility
52.42% - 53.62%
37.52% - 37.66%
37.90% -40.02%
Expected dividend yield rate0.00%0.00%0.00%
Weighted average term (in years)
5.5 - 6.5
5.5 - 6.5
5.5 - 6.5
Weighted average grant date fair value$14.39$9.45$8.32
Risk free rate
0.71% - 0.91%
1.39% - 1.44%
1.79% - 2.50%
F-34

Back to top
The following table represents stock option activity:
SharesWeighted Average Exercise Price Per ShareAggregate Intrinsic Value (millions)Weighted Average Remaining Contract Term in Years
Outstanding as of January 1, 20193,332,705$18.22 
Granted
443,17020.94 
Exercised
(641,706)10.56 
Forfeited
(301,370)26.07 
Balance as of December 31, 20192,832,799$19.55 
Granted
407,60724.30 
Exercised
(335,553)12.27 
Forfeited
(273,022)27.53 
Balance as of December 31, 20202,631,831$20.41 
Granted
309,90229.01 
Exercised
(699,756)14.48 
Forfeited(79,955)27.22 
Balance as of December 31, 20212,162,022$23.31 $10.1 6.0
Exercisable as of December 31, 20211,526,732$22.23 $9.0 5.0
RSUs – RSUs are subject to the continued service of the recipient through the vesting date, which is generally from issuance. Beginning 2021, RSUs granted vest ratably each year on the anniversary date generally over a three year period rather than at the end of the three year period. Once vested, the recipient will receive one share of Common Stock for each restricted stock unit. The grant-date fair value per share used for RSUs was determined using the closing price of our Common Stock on the NYSE on the date of the grant. We apply this grant-date fair value per share to the total number of shares that we anticipate will fully vest and amortize the fair value to compensation expense over the vesting period using the straight-line method.
The following table represents RSU activity:
SharesWeighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Share
Outstanding as of January 1, 2019673,868$28.07 
Granted
952,80120.07 
Vested
(232,666)30.08 
Forfeited
(154,498)23.38 
Balance as of December 31, 20191,239,505$22.13 
Granted
865,09119.62 
Vested
(138,245)26.22 
Forfeited
(179,554)23.63 
Balance as of December 31, 20201,786,797$21.43 
Granted
652,57929.09 
Vested
(311,683)22.65 
Forfeited
(301,301)24.99 
Balance as of December 31, 20211,826,392$23.37 
PSUs – PSUs are subject to continued employment of the recipient through the vesting date, which is on the third anniversary of the grant. Once vested, the recipient will receive one share of Common Stock for each vested PSU.
For PSUs issued prior to 2021, the number of PSUs that vest is determined by a payout factor consisting of equally weighted performance measures of Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow, each as reported over the applicable three year
F-35

Back to top
performance period and is adjusted based upon a market condition measured by our relative total shareholder return (“TSR”) over the applicable three year performance period as compared to the TSR of the Russell 3000 index. For PSUs issued in 2021, the number of PSUs that vest is determined by a payout factor consisting of equally weighted pre-set three year performance targets on return on invested capital (“ROIC”) and TSR. The fair value of the award is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation approach in a risk-neutral framework to model future stock price movements based on historical volatility, risk free rates of return, and correlation matrix.
The following table represents PSU activity for the awarded shares at target performance measures:
SharesWeighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Share
Outstanding as of January 1, 2019174,670$31.41 
Granted
401,93522.21 
Forfeited
(65,832)25.24 
Balance as of December 31, 2019510,773$24.97 
Granted
311,27525.50 
Forfeited
(77,585)25.96 
Balance as of December 31, 2020744,463$25.09 
Granted
165,74930.70 
Forfeited
(205,949)28.58 
Balance as of December 31, 2021704,263$25.39 
F-36

Back to top
Note 18. Held for Sale
During 2021, the Company ceased the appeal process for its litigation with Steves & Sons, Inc. (“Steves”) further described in Note 24 - Commitments and Contingencies. As a result, we are required to divest the Company’s Towanda, PA operations (“Towanda”). As of December 31, 2021, the assets and liabilities associated with the sale of Towanda qualify as held for sale. Since the Company will continue manufacturing door skins for its internal needs, the divestiture decision did not represent a strategic shift thereby precluding the divestiture as qualifying as a discontinued operation.
The assets and liabilities included within the summary below are expected to be disposed of within the next twelve months and are included in assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale in the accompanying balance sheet. The results of Towanda will continue to be reported within our North America operations until the divestiture is finalized.
In addition, we have immaterial assets held for sale at points in time, primarily relating to property, plant and equipment from restructuring efforts, which have been classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2021.
(amounts in thousands)December 31, 2021
Assets
Inventory$15,520 
Other current assets105 
Property and equipment35,870 
Intangible assets1,471 
Goodwill65,000 
Operating lease assets1,458 
Assets held for sale$119,424 
Liabilities
Accrued payroll and benefits$907 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities3,945 
Current maturities of long term debt10 
Long-term debt
Operating lease liability1,004 
Liabilities held for sale$5,868 
Note 19. Impairment and Restructuring Charges
We engage in restructuring activities intended to improve productivity, operating margins, and working capital levels. Restructuring costs primarily relate to workforce reductions, repositioning of management structure, and costs associated with plant consolidations and closures.
Asset impairment charges were recorded in addition to our restructuring costs. In the year ended December 31, 2021, there were no material asset impairments. In the year ended December 31, 2020, impairment charges primarily related to capitalized costs of certain ERP modules due to delays in implementation and uncertainty of their future use. In the year ended December 31, 2019, impairment charges were primarily related to ROU assets and property and equipment held by operations impacted by restructuring.
F-37

Back to top
The following table summarizes the restructuring and impairment charges for the periods indicated:
(amounts in thousands)North
America
EuropeAustralasiaCorporate
and
Unallocated
Costs
Total
Consolidated
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Severance costs$(4)$701 $123 $— $820 
Other exit costs(28)— 179 (97)54 
Total restructuring costs(32)701 302 (97)874 
Impairments1,232 752 92 — 2,076 
Total impairment and restructuring charges$1,200 $1,453 $394 $(97)$2,950 
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Severance costs$2,057 $2,503 $564 $(10)$5,114 
Other exit costs(1)235 (370)(46)(182)
Total restructuring costs2,056 2,738 194 (56)4,932 
Impairments1,108 944 126 3,359 5,537 
Total impairment and restructuring charges$3,164 $3,682 $320 $3,303 $10,469 
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Severance costs$3,595 $5,391 $3,542 $1,012 $13,540 
Other exit costs(220)634 1,027 (55)1,386 
Total restructuring costs3,375 6,025 4,569 957 14,926 
Impairments3,926 157 2,542 — 6,625 
Total impairment and restructuring charges$7,301 $6,182 $7,111 $957 $21,551 
The following is a summary of the restructuring accruals recorded and charges incurred:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Balance as of January 1$1,377 $7,043 $8,639 
Current period charges874 4,932 14,926 
Payments
(2,020)(10,801)(16,407)
Currency translation
(60)203 (115)
Balance at period end$171 $1,377 $7,043 
Note 20. Interest Expense
Interest expense is net of capitalized interest. Capitalized interest incurred during the construction phase of significant property and equipment additions totaled $0.4 million, $1.0 million, and $2.5 million in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. We made interest payments of $75.0 million, $71.7 million, and $71.2 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Interest expense also includes amortization of debt issuance costs that are amortized using the effective interest method and amortization of original issue discounts.
F-38

Back to top
Note 21. Other Income
The table below summarizes the amounts included in other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations:
(amounts in thousands)202120202019
Foreign currency (gains) losses$(9,886)$11,858 $(7,361)
Loss (gain) on sale or disposal of business units, property, and equipment1,979 (4,122)(1,506)
Insurance Reimbursement(1,619)(1,388)— 
Governmental pandemic assistance reimbursement(1,614)(7,377)— 
Loss on extinguishment of debt1,342 — — 
Pension (income) expense(464)1,646 10,738 
Legal settlement income— — (1,247)
Other items(4,241)(3,369)(2,033)
Total other income$(14,503)$(2,752)$(1,409)
Governmental pandemic assistance reimbursement for years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 primarily consisted of cash received or recognized from governmental pandemic assistance programs within our North America and Europe segments as a result of COVID-19.
Note 22. Derivative Financial Instruments
Foreign currency derivatives – We are exposed to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations in certain countries in which we operate. In most of these countries, the exposure to foreign currency movements is limited because the operating revenues and expenses of our business units are substantially denominated in the local currency. To the extent borrowings, sales, purchases, or other transactions are not executed in the local currency of the operating unit, we are exposed to foreign currency risk. To mitigate the exposure, we enter into a variety of foreign currency derivative contracts, such as forward contracts, option collars, and cross-currency hedges. To manage the effect of exchange fluctuations on forecasted sales, purchases, acquisitions, inventory and capital expenditures, and certain intercompany transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies, we have foreign currency derivative contracts with a total notional amount of $91.6 million. We have foreign currency derivative contracts, with a total notional amount of $376.5 million, to hedge the effects of translation gains and losses on intercompany loans and interest. To mitigate the impact to the consolidated earnings of the Company from the effect of the translation of certain subsidiaries’ local currency results into U.S. dollars, we have foreign currency derivative contracts with a total notional amount of $107.0 million. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We have not elected hedge accounting for any foreign currency derivative contracts. We record mark-to-market changes in the values of these derivatives in other income. We recorded mark-to-market gains of $9.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2021, losses of $5.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, and losses of $9.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2019.
Interest rate derivatives – We are exposed to interest rate risk in connection with our variable rate long-term debt and partially mitigate this risk through interest rate derivatives such as swaps and caps. In May 2020, we entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage this risk. The interest rate swaps have outstanding notional amounts aggregating to $370.0 million and mature in December 2023 with a weighted average fixed rate of 0.395% paid against one-month USD LIBOR floored at 0.00%. The interest rate swap agreements are designated as cash flow hedges and effectively fix the interest rate on a corresponding portion of the aggregate debt outstanding under our Term Loan Facility.
No portion of these interest rate contracts were deemed ineffective during the year ended December 31, 2021. We recorded pre-tax mark-to-market gains of $4.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2021 and losses of $2.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 in other comprehensive income. We reclassified losses of $1.1 million and $0.5 million previously recorded in other comprehensive income to interest expense during the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
As of December 31, 2021, approximately $0.2 million is expected to be reclassified to interest income over the next twelve months.
The derivative agreements each contain a provision whereby we could be declared in default on our derivative obligations if we either default or, in certain cases, are capable of being declared in default of any of our indebtedness greater than
F-39

Back to top
specified thresholds. These agreements also contain a provision where we could be declared in default subsequent to a merger or restructuring type event if the creditworthiness of the resulting entity is materially weaker.
During the first quarter of 2019, we entered into two interest rate cap contracts against three-month USD LIBOR, each with a cap rate of 3.00%. These caps had a combined notional amount of $150.0 million, became effective in March 2019, and expired in December 2021. We did not elect hedge accounting and recorded insignificant mark-to-market adjustments in the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019.
The fair values of derivative instruments held are as follows:
Derivative assets
(amounts in thousands)Balance Sheet Location20212020
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate contractsOther current assets$263 $— 
Interest rate contracts
Other assets$3,036 $— 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign currency forward contractsOther current assets$6,297 $542 
Derivatives liabilities
(amounts in thousands)Balance Sheet Location20212020
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Interest rate contracts
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities$— $955 
Interest rate contracts
Deferred credits and other liabilities$— $897 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign currency forward contractsAccrued expenses and other current liabilities$5,527 $8,823 
Note 23. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
We record financial assets and liabilities at fair value based on FASB guidance related to fair value measurements. The guidance requires fair value to be determined based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 – Quoted market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.
F-40

Back to top
The recorded carrying amounts and fair values of these instruments were as follows:
December 31, 2021
(amounts in thousands)Carrying AmountTotal
Fair Value
Level 1Level 2Level 3
Assets measured at NAV (1)
Assets:
Cash equivalents$33,143 $33,143 $— $33,143 $— $— 
Derivative assets, recorded in other current assets
6,560 6,560 — 6,560 — — 
Derivative assets, recorded in other assets
3,036 3,036 — 3,036 — — 
Pension plan assets:
Cash and short-term investments18,053 18,053 — 18,053 — — 
U.S. Government and agency obligations41,617 41,617 41,617 — — — 
Corporate and foreign bonds134,214 134,214 — 134,214 — — 
Equity securities37,384 37,384 37,384 — — — 
Mutual funds71,183 71,183 — 71,183 — — 
Common and collective funds127,840 127,840 — — — 127,840 
Liabilities:
Debt, recorded in long-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt
$1,720,883 $1,751,353 $— $1,751,353 $— $— 
Derivative liabilities, recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities
5,527 5,527 — 5,527 — — 
December 31, 2020
(amounts in thousands)Carrying AmountTotal
Fair Value
Level 1Level 2Level 3
Assets measured at NAV (1)
Assets:
Cash equivalents$380,236 $380,236 $— $380,236 $— $— 
Derivative assets, recorded in other current assets
542 542 — 542 — — 
Pension plan assets:
Cash and short-term investments8,157 8,157 — 8,157 — — 
U.S. Government and agency obligations25,629 25,629 25,629 — — — 
Corporate and foreign bonds118,458 118,458 — 118,458 — — 
Equity securities33,099 33,099 33,099 — — — 
Mutual funds78,810 78,810 — 78,810 — — 
Common and collective funds144,171 144,171 — — — 144,171 
Liabilities:
Debt, recorded in long-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt
$1,781,351 $1,834,057 $— $1,834,057 $— $— 
Derivative liabilities, recorded in accrued expenses and other current assets
9,778 9,778 — 9,778 — — 
Derivative liabilities, recorded in deferred credits and other liabilities
897 897 — 897 — 
(1)Certain pension assets that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. These include investments in large cap equity and commingled real estate funds, which are valued using the NAV provided by the administrator of the funds. Redemption of these funds is not subject to restriction.
Derivative assets and liabilities reported in level 2 include foreign currency and interest rate contracts. See Note 22- Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information about our derivative assets and liabilities.
There are no material non-financial assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020.
F-41

Back to top
Note 24. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation – We are involved in various legal proceedings, claims, and government audits arising in the ordinary course of business. We record our best estimate of a loss when the loss is considered probable and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. When a loss is probable and there is a range of estimated loss with no best estimate within the range, we record the minimum estimated liability related to the lawsuit or claim. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability and revise our accruals, if necessary. Because of uncertainties related to the resolution of lawsuits and claims, the ultimate outcome may differ materially from our estimates.
Other than the matters described below, there were no proceedings or litigation matters involving the Company or its property as of December 31, 2021 that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or cash flows, although they could have a material adverse effect on our operating results for a particular reporting period.
Steves & Sons, Inc. vs JELD-WEN, Inc. – We sell molded door skins to certain customers pursuant to long-term contracts, and these customers in turn use the molded door skins to manufacture interior doors and compete directly against us in the marketplace. We gave notice of termination of one of these contracts and, on June 29, 2016, the counterparty to the agreement, Steves and Sons, Inc. (“Steves”) filed a claim against JWI in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, Richmond Division (the “Eastern District of Virginia”). The complaint alleged that our acquisition of CMI, a competitor in the molded door skins market, together with subsequent price increases and other alleged acts and omissions, violated antitrust laws, and constituted a breach of contract and breach of warranty. Specifically, the complaint alleged that our acquisition of CMI substantially lessened competition in the molded door skins market. The complaint sought declaratory relief, ordinary and treble damages, and injunctive relief, including divestiture of certain assets acquired in the CMI acquisition.
In February 2018, a jury in the Eastern District of Virginia returned a verdict that was unfavorable to JWI with respect to Steves’ claims that our acquisition of CMI violated Section 7 of the Clayton Act, and found that JWI breached the supply agreement between the parties (the “Original Action”). The verdict awarded Steves $12.2 million for past damages under both the Clayton Act and breach of contract claims and $46.5 million in future lost profits under the Clayton Act claim.
During the course of the proceedings in the Eastern District of Virginia, we discovered certain facts that led us to conclude that Steves, its principals, and certain former employees of the Company had misappropriated Company trade secrets, violated the terms of various agreements between the Company and those parties, and violated other laws. On May 11, 2018, a jury in the Eastern District of Virginia returned a verdict on our trade secrets claims against Steves and awarded damages in the amount of $1.2 million. The presiding judge entered a judgment in our favor for those damages, and the entire amount has been paid by Steves. On August 16, 2019, the presiding judge granted Steves’ request for an injunction, prohibiting us from pursuing certain claims against individual defendants pending in Bexar County, Texas (the “Steves Texas Trade Secret Theft Action”). On September 11, 2019, JELD-WEN filed a notice of appeal of the Eastern District of Virginia’s injunction to the Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals (the “Fourth Circuit”).
On March 13, 2019, the presiding judge entered an Amended Final Judgment Order in the Original Action, awarding $36.5 million in past damages under the Clayton Act (representing a trebling of the jury’s verdict) and granting divestiture of certain assets acquired in the CMI acquisition, subject to appeal. The judgment also conditionally awarded damages in the event the judgment was overturned on appeal. Specifically, the court awarded $139.4 million as future antitrust damages in the event the divestiture order was overturned on appeal and $9.9 million as past contract damages in the event both the divestiture and antitrust claims were overturned on appeal.
On April 12, 2019, Steves filed a petition requesting an award of its fees and a bill of costs, seeking $28.4 million in attorneys’ fees and $1.7 million in costs in connection with the Original Action. On November 19, 2019, the presiding judge entered an order for further relief awarding Steves an additional $7.1 million in damages for pricing differences from the date of the underlying jury verdict through May 31, 2019 (the “Pricing Action”). We also appealed that ruling. On April 14, 2020, Steves filed a motion for further supplemental relief for pricing differences from the date of the prior order and going forward through the end of the parties’ current supply agreement (the “Future Pricing Action”). We opposed that request for further relief.
JELD-WEN filed a supersedeas bond and notice of appeal of the judgment, which was heard by the Fourth Circuit on May 29, 2020. On February 18, 2021, the Fourth Circuit issued its decision on appeal in the Original Action, affirming the Amended Final Judgment Order in part and vacating and remanding in part. The Fourth Circuit vacated the Eastern District of Virginia’s alternative $139.4 million lost-profits award, holding that award was premature because Steves has not suffered the purported injury on which its claim for future lost profits rests. The Fourth Circuit also vacated the Eastern District of Virginia’s judgment for Sam Steves, Edward Steves, and John Pierce on JELD-WEN’s trade secrets claims. The Fourth Circuit affirmed the Eastern District of Virginia’s finding of antitrust injury and its award of $36.5 million in past antitrust damages. It also affirmed the Eastern District of Virginia’s divestiture order, while clarifying that JELD-WEN
F-42

Back to top
retains the right to challenge the terms of any divestiture, including whether a sale to any particular buyer will serve the public interest, and made clear that the Eastern District of Virginia may need to revisit its divestiture order if the special master who has been appointed by the presiding judge cannot locate a satisfactory buyer. JELD-WEN then filed a motion for rehearing en banc with the Fourth Circuit that was denied on March 22, 2021.
Following a thorough review, and consistent with our practice, we concluded that it is in the best interest of the Company and its stakeholders to move forward with the divestiture of Towanda and certain related assets. Although the Company did not seek Supreme Court review of the Fourth Circuit’s February 18, 2021 decision, the Company retains the legal right to challenge the divestiture process and the final divestiture order. We made estimates related to the divestiture in the preparation of our financial statements; however, there can be no guarantee that the divestiture will be consummated. The divestiture process is ongoing, and the special master is overseeing this process. Although the Company has decided to divest, we continue to believe that Steves’ claims lacked merit and that it was not entitled to the extraordinary remedy of divestiture. We continue to believe that the judgment in accordance with the verdict was improper under applicable law.
During the pendency of the Original Action, on February 14, 2020, Steves filed a complaint and motion for preliminary injunction in the Eastern District of Virginia alleging that we breached the long-term supply agreement between the parties, including, among other claims, by incorrectly calculating the allocation of door skins owed to Steves (the “Allocation Action”). Steves sought an additional allotment of door skins and damages for violation of antitrust laws, tortious interference, and breach of contract. On April 10, 2020, the presiding judge granted Steves’ motion for preliminary injunction, and the parties settled the issues underlying the preliminary injunction on April 30, 2020 and the Company reserved the right to appeal the ruling in the Fourth Circuit. The Company believed all the claims lacked merit and moved to dismiss the antitrust and tortious interference claims.
On June 2, 2020, we entered into a settlement agreement with Steves to resolve the Pricing Action, the Future Pricing Action, and the Allocation Action. As a result of the settlement, Steves filed a notice of satisfaction of judgment in the Pricing Action, withdrew its Future Pricing Action with prejudice, and filed a stipulated dismissal with prejudice in the Allocation Action. The Company also withdrew its appeal of the Pricing Action. The parties agreed to bear their own respective attorneys’ fees and costs in these actions. In partial consideration of the settlement, JWI and Steves entered into an amended supply agreement satisfactory to both parties that, by its terms, ended on September 10, 2021. This settlement had no effect on the Original Action between the parties except to agree that certain specific terms of the Amended Final Judgment Order in the Original Action would apply to the amended supply agreement during the pendency of the appeal of the Original Action. On April 2, 2021, JWI and Steves filed a stipulation regarding the amended supply agreement in the Original Action, stating that regardless of whether the case remains on appeal as of September 10, 2021, and absent further order of the court, the amended supply agreement would be extended until the divestiture of Towanda and certain related assets is complete and Steves’ new supply agreement with the company that acquires Towanda is in effect.
We continue to believe the claims in the settled actions lacked merit and made no admission of liability in these matters.
On October 7, 2021, we entered into a settlement agreement with Steves to resolve the following: (i) Steves’ past and any future claims for attorneys’ fees, expenses, and costs in connection with the Original Action, except that Steves and JWI each reserved the right to seek attorneys’ fees arising out of any challenge of the divestiture process or the final divestiture order; (ii) the Steves Texas Trade Secret Theft Action and the related Fourth Circuit appeal of the Eastern District of Virginia’s injunction in the Original Action; (iii) the past damages award in the Original Action; and (iv) any and all claims and counterclaims, known or unknown, that were asserted or could have been asserted against each other from the beginning of time through the date of the settlement agreement. As a result of the settlement, the parties filed a stipulated notice of satisfaction of the past antitrust damages judgment and a stipulated notice of settlement of Steves’ claim for attorneys’ fees, expenses, and costs against JWI in the Original Action, and Steves filed a notice of withdrawal of its motion for attorneys’ fees and expenses and bill of costs in the Original Action. The Company also filed a notice of dismissal with prejudice and agreed to take no judgment in the Steves Texas Trade Secret Theft Action, and the parties filed a joint agreement for dismissal of the injunction appeal in the Fourth Circuit. On November 3, 2021, we paid $66.4 million to Steves under the settlement agreement.
Cambridge Retirement System v. JELD-WEN Holding, Inc., et al. – On February 19, 2020, Cambridge Retirement System filed a putative class action lawsuit in the Eastern District of Virginia against the Company, current and former Company executives, and various Onex-related entities alleging violations of Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, as well as violations of Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against the individual defendants and Onex-related entities (“Cambridge”). The lawsuit sought compensatory damages, equitable relief, and an award of attorneys’ fees and costs. On May 8, 2020, the Public Employees Retirement System of Mississippi and the Plumbers and Pipefitters National Pension Fund were named as co-lead plaintiffs and filed an amended complaint on June 22, 2020. We filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on July 29, 2020, which was denied on October 26, 2020. On January 19, 2021, the plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification, which we opposed on February 2, 2021. The court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification on March 29, 2021. On April 12, 2021, we filed a petition to seek the Fourth Circuit’s permission to appeal this class certification opinion.
F-43

Back to top
On April 20, 2021, the parties reached an agreement in principle to resolve this securities class action. The agreement contemplated a full release of claims through the date of preliminary court approval of the settlement in exchange for a payment of $39.5 million, primarily funded by the Company’s D&O carriers, except $5.0 million which was provisionally funded by the Company and remains subject to dispute with one carrier. On April 21, 2021, the parties jointly informed the court of their agreement, and the court stayed all deadlines in the case. As part of the settlement agreement, on April 22, 2021, we withdrew our petition to the Fourth Circuit for its permission to appeal the district court’s class certification opinion. On June 4, 2021, the parties filed their stipulation of dismissal of the action and the plaintiffs’ motion for preliminary approval of the settlement agreement. On July 27, 2021, the Eastern District of Virginia preliminarily approved the settlement agreement, and the settlement funds, primarily from the Company’s D&O carriers, were deposited with the class administrator on August 17, 2021. On November 22, 2021, the Eastern District of Virginia granted final approval of the settlement agreement. The deadline to appeal the entry of the final approval order and judgment was December 22, 2021, and no party or class member filed an appeal. The Company continues to believe that the plaintiffs’ claims lacked merit and has denied any liability or wrongdoing for the claims made against the Company.
In re JELD-WEN Holding, Inc. Derivative Litigation – On February 2, 2021, Jason Aldridge, on behalf of the Company, filed a derivative action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware against certain current and former executives and directors of the Company, alleging that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties by allowing the wrongful acts alleged in the Steves and Cambridge actions, as well as violations of Section 14(a) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act, unjust enrichment, and waste of corporate assets (“Aldridge”). The lawsuit seeks compensatory damages, equitable relief, and an award of attorneys’ fees and costs. The parties sought a stay of the Aldridge action. On April 19, 2021, the court denied the parties’ motion to stay and, instead, ordered the plaintiff to file an amended complaint that complied with court rules or the matter would be dismissed. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on May 10, 2021.
On June 21, 2021, prior to a response from the Company in the Aldridge action, Shieta Black and the Board of Trustees of the City of Miami General Employees’ & Sanitation Employees’ Retirement Trust, on behalf of the Company, filed a derivative action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware against certain current and former executives and directors of the Company and Onex Corporation (“Onex”), alleging that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties by allowing the wrongful acts alleged in the Steves and Cambridge actions, as well as insider trading, and unjust enrichment (“Black”). The lawsuit seeks compensatory damages, corporate governance reforms, restitution, equitable relief, and an award of attorneys’ fees and costs. The plaintiffs in the Black and Aldridge actions sought to consolidate the lawsuits on July 16, 2021, which was granted by the court on the same day. On August 16, 2021, the plaintiffs designated the Black complaint as the operative complaint in the consolidated derivative action. On October 15, 2021, JELD-WEN and Onex moved to dismiss the complaint. On January 14, 2022, the plaintiffs moved for leave to amend the complaint. The JELD-WEN defendants opposed the motion for leave to amend the complaint, and the Court has not yet ruled or scheduled a hearing on the proposed amendment.
The Company believes the claims in the consolidated derivative action lack merit and intends to defend against the action.
In re Interior Molded Doors Antitrust Litigation – On October 19, 2018, Grubb Lumber Company, on behalf of itself and others similarly situated, filed a putative class action lawsuit against us and one of our competitors in the doors market, Masonite Corporation (“Masonite”), in the Eastern District of Virginia. We subsequently received additional complaints from and on behalf of direct and indirect purchasers of interior molded doors. The suits were consolidated into two separate actions, a Direct Purchaser Action and an Indirect Purchaser Action. The suits allege that Masonite and JELD-WEN violated Section 1 of the Sherman Act, and in the Indirect Purchaser Action, related state law antitrust and consumer protection laws, by engaging in a scheme to artificially raise, fix, maintain, or stabilize the prices of interior molded doors in the United States. The complaints sought ordinary and treble damages, declaratory relief, interest, costs, and attorneys’ fees. The Company believes the claims lack merit and vigorously defended against the actions. On September 18, 2019, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss the lawsuits, dismissing various state law claims and limiting plaintiffs’ damages claims to a four-year period (from 2014-2018) under the applicable statute of limitations. Together with Masonite, we filed motions to oppose class certification in both the Direct Purchaser and Indirect Purchaser Actions on May 19, 2020.
On August 31, 2020, JELD-WEN and Masonite entered into a settlement agreement with the putative Direct Purchaser class to resolve the Direct Purchaser Action. In exchange for a full release of claims through the date of preliminary court approval of the settlement, each defendant originally agreed to pay $28.0 million to the named plaintiffs and the settlement class. On January 27, 2021, the parties to the Direct Purchaser Action revised the settlement agreement to modify certain terms, and each defendant agreed to pay a total of $30.8 million to the named plaintiffs and the settlement class in exchange for a full release of claims through the date of preliminary approval of the revised settlement, which the court granted on February 5, 2021. In addition, on September 4, 2020, JELD-WEN and Masonite entered into a separate settlement agreement with the putative Indirect Purchaser class to resolve the Indirect Purchaser Action. Each defendant agreed to pay $9.75 million to the named plaintiffs and the settlement class in exchange for a full release of claims through the execution date of the settlement agreement, and the court granted preliminary approval of this settlement in the Indirect
F-44

Back to top
Purchaser Action. The final fairness hearing in the Direct Purchaser Action was held on June 2, 2021, and the court entered a final approval order and judgment on June 3, 2021. On June 17, 2021, the Company made the settlement payment to the named plaintiffs and the settlement class in the Direct Purchaser Action. The deadline to appeal the entry of the final approval order and judgment was July 7, 2021, and no party or class member filed an appeal. The final fairness hearing in the Indirect Purchaser Action was held on July 26, 2021 and the court issued a final approval order and judgment on July 27, 2021. On August 10, 2021, the Company made the settlement payment to the named plaintiffs and the settlement class in the Indirect Purchaser Action. The deadline to appeal the entry of the final approval order and judgment was August 26, 2021, and no party or class member filed an appeal. The Company continues to believe that the plaintiffs’ claims lacked merit and has denied any liability or wrongdoing for the claims made against the Company.
Canadian Antitrust Litigation – On May 15, 2020, Développement Émeraude Inc., on behalf of itself and others similarly situated, filed a putative class action lawsuit against us and Masonite in the Superior Court of the Province of Quebec, Canada, which was served on us on September 18, 2020 (“the Quebec Action”). The putative class consists of any person in Canada who, since October 2012, purchased one or more interior molded doors from us or Masonite. The suit alleges an illegal conspiracy between us and Masonite to agree on prices, the distribution of market shares and/or the production levels of interior molded doors and that the plaintiffs suffered damages in that they were charged and paid higher prices for interior molded doors than they would have had to pay but for the alleged anti-competitive conduct. The plaintiffs are seeking compensatory and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On September 9, 2020, Kate O’Leary Swinkels, on behalf of herself and others similarly situated, filed a putative class action against JELD-WEN and Masonite in the Federal Court of Canada, which was served on us on September 29, 2020 (the “Federal Court Action”). The Federal Court Action makes substantially similar allegations to the Quebec Action and the putative class is represented by the same counsel. In February 2021, the plaintiff in the Federal Court Action noticed a proposed Amended Statement of Claim that replaced the named plaintiff, Kate O’Leary Swinkels, with David Regan. The plaintiff has sought a stay of the Quebec Action while the Federal Court Action proceeds. We do not anticipate a hearing on the certification of the Federal Court Action before 2023. The Company believes both the Quebec Action and the Federal Court Action lack merit and intends to vigorously defend against them.
We have evaluated the claims against us and recorded provisions based on management’s judgment about the probable outcome of the litigation and have included our estimates in accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets. See Note 9 - Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities. While we expect a favorable resolution to these matters, the dispute resolution process could be lengthy, and if the plaintiffs were to prevail completely or substantially in the respective matters described above, such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, consolidated financial position, or cash flows.
Self-Insured Risk – We self-insure substantially all of our domestic business liability risks including general liability, product liability, warranty, personal injury, auto liability, workers’ compensation, and employee medical benefits. Excess insurance policies from independent insurance companies generally cover exposures between $5.0 million and $200.0 million for domestic product liability risk and exposures between $3.0 million and $200.0 million for auto, general liability, personal injury, and workers’ compensation. We have no stop loss insurance covering our self-insured employee medical plan and are responsible for all claims thereunder. We estimate our provision for self-insured losses based upon an evaluation of current claim exposure and historical loss experience. Actual self-insurance losses may vary significantly from these estimates. At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our accrued liability for self-insured risks was $88.4 million and $81.0 million, respectively.
Indemnifications – At December 31, 2021, we had commitments related to certain representations made in contracts for the purchase or sale of businesses or property. These representations primarily relate to past actions such as responsibility for transfer taxes if they should be claimed, and the adequacy of recorded liabilities, warranty matters, employment benefit plans, income tax matters, or environmental exposures. These guarantees or indemnification responsibilities typically expire within one to three years. We are not aware of any material amounts claimed or expected to be claimed under these indemnities. From time to time and in limited geographic areas, we have entered into agreements for the sale of our products to certain customers that provide additional indemnifications for liabilities arising from construction or product defects. We cannot estimate the potential magnitude of such exposures, but to the extent specific liabilities have been identified related to product sales, liabilities have been provided in the warranty accrual in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Other Financing Arrangements – At times we are required to provide letters of credit, surety bonds, or guarantees to meet various performance, legal, warranty, environmental, workers compensation, licensing, utility, and governmental requirements. Stand-by letters of credit are provided to certain customers and counterparties in the ordinary course of business as credit support for contractual performance guarantees, advanced payments received from customers, and future
F-45

Back to top
funding commitments. The stated values of these letters of credit agreements, surety bonds, and guarantees were $116.9 million and $122.7 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Environmental Contingencies – We periodically incur environmental liabilities associated with remediating our current and former manufacturing sites as well as penalties for not complying with environmental rules and regulations. We record a liability for remediation costs when it is probable that we will be responsible for such costs and the costs can be reasonably estimated. These environmental liabilities are estimated based on current available facts and current laws and regulations. Accordingly, it is likely that adjustments to the estimated liabilities will be necessary as additional information becomes available. Short-term environmental liabilities and settlements are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and totaled $0.5 million at December 31, 2021 and $0.7 million at December 31, 2020. Long-term environmental liabilities are recorded in deferred credits and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and totaled $11.8 million at December 31, 2021 and $8.3 million at December 31, 2020.
Everett, Washington WADOE Action –In 2007, we were identified by the WADOE as a PLP with respect to our former manufacturing site in Everett, Washington. In 2008, we entered into an Agreed Order with the WADOE to assess historic environmental contamination and remediation feasibility at the site. As part of the order, we agreed to develop a CAP, arising from the feasibility assessment. In December 2020, we submitted to the WADOE a draft feasibility assessment with an array of remedial alternatives, which we considered substantially complete. During 2021, several comment rounds were completed as well as the identification of the Port of Everett and W&W Everett Investment LLC as additional PLPs, with respect to this matter with each PLP being jointly and severally liable for the cleanup costs. The WADOE received the final feasibility assessment on December 31, 2021, containing various remedial alternatives with its preferred remedial alternatives totaling $23.4 million. Based on this study, we have determined our range of possible outcomes to be $11.8 million to $33.4 million On March 1, 2022, we expect to deliver to the WADOE a draft CAP consistent with its preferred alternatives, and the WADOE has 60 days to review and provide comments followed by a comment incorporation period for the draft CAP. At that time, the WADOE will complete an additional review within 60 days and release the documents for tribal consultation and comment. A 30-day public comment period will follow, and once the public comment period has expired and any comments incorporated, the WADOE will finalize the remedial actions we will be required to perform. The final CAP will be developed and delivered to the WADOE 15 days thereafter. The final CAP will ultimately be formalized in an Agreed Order or Consent Decree with the WADOE, the Company, and the other PLPs. We have made provisions within our financial statements within the range of possible outcomes; however, the contents and cost of the final CAP and allocation of the responsibility between the identified PLPs could vary materially from our estimates.
Towanda, Pennsylvania Consent Order In December 2020, we entered into a COA with the PaDEP to remove a pile of wood fiber waste from our site in Towanda, Pennsylvania, which we acquired in connection with our acquisition of CMI in 2012, by using it as fuel for a boiler at that site. The COA replaced a 2018 Consent Decree between PaDEP and us. Under the COA, we are required to achieve certain periodic removal objectives and ultimately remove the entire pile by August 31, 2025. There are currently $2.3 million in bonds posted in connection with these obligations. If we are unable to remove this pile by August 31, 2025, then the bonds will be forfeited, and we may be subject to penalties by PaDEP. We currently anticipate meeting all applicable removal deadlines; however, if our operations at this site decrease and we burn less fuel than currently anticipated, we may not be able to meet such deadlines.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan – We have historically provided cash to our U.S. ESOP in order to fund required distributions to participants through the repurchase of shares of our Common Stock. Following our February 2017 IPO, the value of a share of Common Stock held through the ESOP is now based on our public share price. We do not anticipate that we will fund future distributions.
Purchase Obligations - As of December 31, 2021, we have purchase obligations of $20.8 million due in 2022 and $27.6 million due in 2023 and thereafter. These purchase obligations are primarily relating to software hosting services and capital expenditures. Purchase obligations are defined as purchase agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including quantity, price, and the approximate timing of the transaction.
Note 25. Employee Retirement and Pension Benefits
U.S. Defined Benefit Pension Plan
Certain U.S. hourly employees participate in our defined benefit pension plan. The plan is not open to new employees.
In 2020, we elected to utilize the alternative method when calculating the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation premiums for 2020 and the succeeding four years, rather than the stand alone method utilized during the previous five
F-46

Back to top
years, resulting in a reduction to pension benefit expenses in 2021 and 2020 compared to 2019. We use a spot rate yield curve to estimate the pension benefit obligation and net periodic benefits costs.
The components of net periodic benefit cost are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31:
(amounts in thousands)
Components of pension benefit expense - U.S. benefit plan202120202019
Service cost
$2,690 $3,090 $4,890 
Interest cost
8,870 12,236 14,861 
Expected return on plan assets
(22,234)(21,860)(18,622)
Amortization of net actuarial pension loss
9,092 6,852 8,919 
Pension benefit (income) expense$(1,582)$318 $10,048 
Discount rate used to determine benefit costs2.55%3.31%4.27%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets5.75%6.25%6.25%
Compensation increase rateN/AN/AN/A
In October 2019, the Society of Actuaries released the PRI-2012 Mortality Tables (update to RP-2014 mortality tables), which were adopted in 2019 and represent our best estimate of future experience for the base mortality table. The Society of Actuaries has released annual updates to the mortality improvement projection scale that was first released in 2014, with the most recent annual update being Scale MP-2020. We adopted the use of Scale MP-2020 as of December 31, 2020 as it represents our best estimate of future mortality improvement projection experience as of the measurement dates.
We developed the discount rate based on the plan’s expected benefit payments using the Willis Towers Watson RATE:Link 10:90 Yield Curve. Based on this analysis, we selected a 2.88% discount rate for our projected benefit obligation. As the discount rate is reduced or increased, the pension obligation would increase or decrease, respectively, and future pension expense would increase or decrease, respectively.
We maintain policies for investment of pension plan assets. The policies set forth stated objectives and a structure for managing assets, which includes various asset classes and investment management styles that, in the aggregate, are expected to produce a sufficient level of diversification and investment return over time and provide for the availability of funds for benefits as they become due. The policies also provide guidelines for each investment portfolio that control the level of risk assumed in the portfolio and ensure that assets are managed in accordance with stated objectives. The plan invests primarily in publicly traded equity and debt securities as directed by the plan’s investment committee. The pension plan’s expected return assumption is based on the weighted average aggregate long-term expected returns of various actively managed asset classes corresponding to the plan’s asset allocation. We have selected an expected return on plan assets based on a historical analysis of rates of return, our investment mix, market conditions and other factors. The fair value of plan assets increased in 2021 and 2020 due primarily to investment returns and contributions in excess of our benefit payments.
(amounts in thousands)
Change in fair value of plan assets - U.S. benefit plan20212020
Balance as of January 1,$396,853 $358,577 
Actual return on plan assets
43,242 47,391 
Company contribution
— 12,619 
Benefits paid
(18,312)(18,538)
Administrative expenses paid
(2,836)(3,196)
Balance at period end$418,947 $396,853 
F-47

Back to top
The plan’s investments as of December 31 are summarized below:
% of Plan Assets
Summary of plan investments - U.S. benefit plan20212020
Equity securities8.98.3
Debt securities42.036.3
Other49.155.4
100.0100.0
The plan’s projected benefit obligation is determined by using weighted-average assumptions made on December 31, of each year as summarized below:
(amounts in thousands)
Change in projected benefit obligation - U.S. benefit plan20212020
Balance as of January 1,$474,085 $433,408 
Service cost
2,690 3,090 
Interest cost
8,870 12,236 
Actuarial (gain) loss(19,229)47,085 
Benefits paid
(18,312)(18,538)
Administrative expenses paid
(2,836)(3,196)
Balance at period end$445,268 $474,085 
Discount rate2.88%2.55%
Compensation increase rateN/AN/A
As of December 31, 2021, the plan’s estimated benefit payments for the next ten years are as follows (amounts in thousands):
2022$18,915 
202319,683 
202420,437 
202521,104 
202621,671 
2027-2031113,636 
The company made no cash contributions to the plan for the year ended December 31, 2021. The company made cash contributions of $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. During fiscal year 2022, no cash contributions are required to be made to the plan.
The plan’s accumulated benefit obligation of $445.3 million is determined by taking the projected benefit obligation and removing the impact of the assumed compensation increases. The plan’s funded status as of December 31 is as follows:
(amounts in thousands)
Unfunded pension liability - U.S. benefit plan20212020
Projected benefit obligation at end of period
$445,268 $474,085 
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
(418,947)(396,853)
Unfunded pension liability$26,321 $77,232 
F-48

Back to top
Net actuarial pension losses are recorded in consolidated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
(amounts in thousands)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss - U.S. benefit plan202120202019
Net actuarial pension loss beginning of period$102,161 $87,459 $96,090 
Amortization of net actuarial loss
(9,092)(6,852)(8,919)
Net (gain) loss occurring during year(40,237)21,554 288 
Net actuarial pension loss at end of period52,832 102,161 87,459 
Tax expense (benefit)5,603 (6,860)(3,145)
Net actuarial pension loss at end of period, net of tax$58,435 $95,301 $84,314 
Non-U.S. Defined Benefit Plans – We have several other defined benefit plans located outside the U.S. that are country specific. Some of these plans remain open to participants and others are closed. The expenses related to these plans are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and are determined by using weighted-average assumptions made on January 1 of each year as summarized below for the years ended December 31.
(amounts in thousands)
Components of pension benefit expense - Non-U.S. benefit plans202120202019
Service cost
$2,728 $2,548 $2,386 
Interest cost
714 908 1,398 
Expected return on plan assets
(453)(435)(589)
Amortization of net actuarial pension loss
857 849 225 
Pension benefit expense$3,846 $3,870 $3,420 
Discount rate
0.8% - 7.6%
0.2% - 7.8%
0.6% - 8.5%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets
0.0% - 5.5%
0.0% - 4.6%
0.0% - 5.8%
Compensation increase rate
0.5% - 7.0%
0.5% - 7.0%
0.5% - 7.0%
(amounts in thousands)
Change in fair value of plan assets - Non-U.S. benefit plans20212020
Balance as of January 1,$11,471 $10,924 
Actual gain (loss) return on plan assets837 (106)
Company contribution
197 190 
Benefits paid
(542)(547)
Administrative expenses paid
(41)(13)
Cumulative translation adjustment
(578)1,023 
Balance at period end$11,344 $11,471 
The investments of the non-U.S. plans as of December 31 are summarized below:
% of Plan Assets
Summary of plan investments - Non-U.S. benefit plan20212020
Equity securities34.150.3
Debt securities33.419.8
Other32.529.9
100.0100.0
F-49

Back to top
The projected benefit obligation for the non-U.S. plans is determined by using weighted-average assumptions made on December 31, 2021 of each year as summarized below:
 (amounts in thousands)
Change in projected benefit obligation - Non-U.S. benefit plans20212020
Balance as of January 1,$53,871 $47,707 
Service cost
2,728 2,548 
Interest cost
714 908 
Actuarial (gain) loss(769)786 
Benefits paid
(2,753)(2,756)
Administrative expenses paid
(41)(15)
Cumulative translation adjustment
(3,847)4,693 
Balance at period end$49,903 $53,871 
Discount rate
0.5% - 7.6%
0.2% - 7.8%
Compensation increase rate
0.5% - 7.0%
1.0% - 7.0%
As of December 31, 2021, the estimated benefit payments for the non-U.S. plans over the next ten years are as follows (amounts in thousands):
2022$2,883 
20233,399 
20242,957 
20252,973 
20263,055 
2027-203114,357 
The accumulated benefit obligations of $45.1 million for the non-U.S. plans are determined by taking the projected benefit obligation and removing the impact of the assumed compensation increases. We expect to contribute $1.1 million to the non-U.S. plans in 2022.
The funded status of these plans as of December 31 are as follows:
(amounts in thousands)
Unfunded pension liability - Non-U.S. benefit plans20212020
Projected benefit obligation at end of period
$49,903 $53,871 
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
(11,344)(11,471)
Net pension liability$38,559 $42,400 
Long-term unfunded pension liability
$35,117 $37,845 
Current portion
5,545 6,234 
Total unfunded pension liability$40,662 $44,079 
Total overfunded pension liability$2,103 $1,679 
The current portion of the unfunded pension liability is recorded in accrued payroll and benefits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The overfunded pension liability is recorded in long-term other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
F-50

Back to top
Net actuarial pension losses are recorded in consolidated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
(amounts in thousands)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss - Non-U.S. benefit plans202120202019
Net actuarial pension loss beginning of period$12,811 $12,237 $7,450 
Amortization of net actuarial loss
(857)(849)(553)
Net (gain) loss occurring during year(931)1,339 5,232 
Cumulative translation adjustment
(1,110)84 108 
Net actuarial pension loss at end of period9,913 12,811 12,237 
Tax benefit
(2,280)(3,043)(2,958)
Net actuarial pension loss at end of period, net of tax$7,633 $9,768 $9,279 
Other Non-U.S. Defined Contribution Plans –We have several other defined contribution plans located outside the U.S. that are country specific. Other plans that are characteristically defined contribution plans have accrued liabilities of $2.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The total compensation expense for non-U.S. defined contribution plans was $29.5 million in 2021, $21.1 million in 2020, and $24.6 million in 2019.
F-51

Back to top
Note 26. Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Year Ended
(amounts in thousands)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Cash Operating Activities:
Operating leases$59,190 $58,235 $55,141 
Interest payments on financing lease obligations205 193 131 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities$59,395 $58,428 $55,272 
Cash Investing Activities:
Issuances of notes receivable
$(52)$(57)$(58)
Cash received on notes receivable450 642 469 
Cash received on previously impaired investments3,768 — — 
Change in notes receivable$4,166 $585 $411 
Non-cash Investing Activities:
Property, equipment and intangibles purchased in accounts payable
6,753 $5,862 $10,439 
Property, equipment and intangibles purchased with debt8,839 18,813 40,323 
Customer accounts receivable converted to notes receivable
141 843 565 
Cash Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of new debt
$548,625 $250,000 $124,375 
Borrowings on long-term debt
37,306 100,941 358,027 
Payments of long-term debt
(666,534)(135,250)(468,637)
 Payments of debt issuance and extinguishment costs, including underwriting fees
(5,448)(4,833)(664)
Change in long-term debt
$(86,051)$210,858 $13,101 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of finance lease liabilities
$2,090 $1,721 $917 
Non-cash Financing Activities:
Prepaid insurance funded through short-term debt borrowings
$13,048 $10,785 $4,948 
Prepaid ERP costs funded through short-term debt borrowings
— — 3,919 
Shares surrendered for tax obligations for employee share-based transactions in accrued liabilities
— — 469 
Shares repurchased in accounts payable1,066 — — 
Accounts payable converted to installment notes
69 914 757 
Other Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
Cash taxes paid, net of refunds
36,513 $20,443 $26,656 
Cash interest paid
74,953 71,659 71,181 


F-52

Back to top
Note 27. Related Party Transactions
Sale of subsidiary – In May 2019, we sold Creative Media Development, Inc. (“CMD”), a subsidiary, which was part of our North America segment, for $6.5 million, resulting in a gain of $2.8 million in the second quarter of 2019. A minority shareholder of the buying group also serves on our Board of Directors. Under the Stock Purchase Agreement for CMD, we agreed to use CMD for certain advertising services totaling $7.0 million between 2019 and 2023. At December 31, 2021, there was no amount due from the related party. This sale did not have a material impact on our results of operations.
Acquired lease – In conjunction with our acquisition of VPI in 2019, we assumed operating leases on two buildings with a former shareholder of VPI and current employee. The leases were entered into in the ordinary course of business and at market rates, and resulted in an operating lease asset of $3.6 million as of the opening balance sheet.
F-53